SlideShare a Scribd company logo
1 of 256
Download to read offline
Railway truss bridges
Layout
1/15-LA
I – RAILWAY BRIDGES
General Remarks for all kinds of bridges:
1- The deck bridge is the best type because the compression chord of the
truss is braced by cross girders (X.G). [Lb out of upper compression chord
will be distance between cross girders].
2- There must be horizontal wind bracing at the level of the lower flange
of X.G.
7.2-7.5m
sec 3
sec 2
sec 1
Stringer Br.
3.5m
B/7
-
B/9
H
5.3 m
1.8m
H
S/10
12.3-12.5 m
1.7m
1.8m 1.8m
B/7
-
B/9
S/10
1.7m
1.8m
0.3-0.4m
Min 5.5m
1.8m 1.7m 1.8m
3- There must be stringer bracing to carry lateral shock
 There must be braking force bracing to carry braking force.
 In Roadway there was no lateral shock & the braking force was
carried by slab to main girders to supports. But in case of Railway
Bridge, if there is no braking force bracing, there will be M y on X-
girders.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
2/15-LA
M.G.
M.G.
X.G.
stringer
S=4.0-7.0m
B
Plan of floor beams
Plan of bracing
X.G.
Wind bracing
Braking force bracing
Stringer bracing
4- What is the difference between pony & through bridge?
1 - The X.G. in both lies at the level of the lower chord.
2 – Also both of them have lower wind bracing.
3 – Only the through bridge has
upper bracing
We use through bridge only if h 
5.5 m, h is measured from the top of
the rail level h = H MG – h XG – 0.20
m (sleeper) – 0.15 m (rail) – 0.3
(height of upper member)
 The through bridge is preferable than pony bridge because the
compression chord is supported by bracing.
 In case of using through bridge, a closed frame or inclined
frames at both ends of the bridge must be provided to transfer
load from upper lever of upper bracing to bearings.
12.3-12.5 m
1.7m
1.8m 1.8m
B/7
-
B/9
H
S/10
1.7m
1.8m
0.3-0.4m
Min 5.5m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
3/15-LA
Elevation of M.G.
roller bearing
Elevation of M.G.
4-7m
H
4-7m
L=70-80m
H
Box portal frame
Elevation of M.G.
4-7m
H
Inclined portal frame
Box portal frame
Box portal frame (2)
L=70-80m
L=70-80m
Intermediate closed frame may be added if span is too big.
5- To draw plans, we have to take many sections:
a- The pony bridge has 2 plans, one shows the stringers and the stringer
bracing, while the other shows the wind bracing with braking force
bracing.
b- Deck and through bridges have 3 plans. Two of them are the same as
that of Pony Bridge, while the third is either lower bracing for Deck
Bridge or upper bracing for through bridge.
We can draw the first 2 plans in one plan only as shown below:
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
4/15-LA
M.G.
M.G.
stringer
S=4.0-7.0m
B
Plan of floor beams
Plan of bracing
X.G.
X.G.
6- The width of the bridge "B" is nearly constant because the width of
train is constant and is determined as follows:
- 3.5 m in deck bridges & 5.3 in pony & through bridges.
- For each additional track in any kind of bridges add 3.5 m
i.e. Deck bridge:
Single track = 3.5 m
Double track = 3.5 + 3.5 = 7 m
Triple track = 3.5 + 2 *3.5 = 10.5 m
Pony or through bridge:
Single track = 5.3 m
Double track = 5.3 + 3.5 = 8.8 - 9 m
Triple track = 5.3 + 2 *3.5 = 12.5 m
Note:
 For long span bridges, L > 40 m, we use the main system as a
truss with height "
H" =
10
8 
L
.
 The shape of the M.G. is as follows the upper
chord is in the shape of " "- section while the
lower chord is in the shape of "Double T"
Upper chord
Lower chord
Vertical
Haunch
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
5/15-LA
 It's preferable that number of panels is even
‫ﻋﺪد‬
‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎ‬
‫ال‬ ‫ﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ت‬
XG
‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ‬ ‫زوﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﻮن‬
7- The spacing between X.G "S" is taken mg
H
L

10
so the angle of
diagonal of main truss will be equal 450
.
The number of panels will be 8 or 10 or maximum 12 ( )
‫زوﺟﻰ‬ .
8- There is no concrete slab so we cannot make composite action.
9- There must be a stringer nearly under
each rail.
10- The spacing between stringers is 1.8 m
(constant) [the distance is not 1.5 m as
distance between rails for construction
requirement.[ ‫ﻟﺴﮭﻮ‬
‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ]
11- Distance between center lines of any 2 successive tracks is 3.5m.
12- There is no side walk (unless mentioned).
13- The braking force bracing is added at both ends & if span > 6 0 m we
add another bracing at mid span.
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
S=4.0-7.0m
B
Plan of wind and braking force bracing
7.2-7.5m
sec 3
sec 2
sec 1
Stringer Br.
3.5m
B/7
-
B/9
H
1.8m 1.8m
1.7m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
6/15-LA
14- Drawing of lateral shock bracing (stringer bracing), the bracing is a
horizontal truss to carry horizontal loads. It consists of stringer as upper
& lower chord, verticals and diagonals are added.
M.G.
X.G.
stringer
Vl. of stringer
Bracing
Dl. of stringer
Bracing
M.G.
X.G.
stringer
S=4.0-7.0m
Plan of floor beams(sec 1)
B
15- The distance between verticals of stringer bracing is 1.5 – 2.0 m (so
the diagonal is inclined at nearly 45 o
)
M.G.
Dl. of stringer
Bracing
X.G.
Vl. of stringer
Bracing
Important: So the shape of stringer bracing is as shown (according to
spacing between X-G "S".
M.G.
X.G.
S=4.5-6.0m
S=4.5-6.0m
3 spacings
M.G.
X.G.
S=3-4m
S=3-4m
2 spacings
M.G.
X.G.
S=6.0-8.0m
4 spacings
S=6.0-8.0m
16- The level of braking force bracing is at the level of the lower
flange of X-G. The braking force is transmitted from level of Rail (upper
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
7/15-LA
flange of XG) to level of braking force bracing (lower flange of XG) by
one of the following 2 methods : -
Either Full depth stringer or bracket ( as discussed in plate girder)
‫ھﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬
:
‫ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮاﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬
braking force bracing
17- In Deck Bridge, the X.F is added each (15 – 18 m)
18- The X.F. is either X-system or V-system according to the angle (35o
-
55o
).
3.5 m
1.8m H
S/10
7.2-7.5m
sec 3
sec 2
sec 1
Stringer Br.
3.5m
1.7m 1.8m
1.8m
B/7
-
B/9
H
B/7
-
B/9
19- The upper bracing in through bridge and lower bracing in Deck
Bridge can be in the shape of either x-system or rhombic system.
S=4.0-7.0m S=4.0-7.0m
20- In case of using semi-deck bridge, the cross-girder will be nearly at
midpoints of the vertical members which give concentrated loads at these
points. This means that half the member will be tension and the other will
be compression. It is preferable to use K-truss.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
8/15-LA
roller bearing
upper bracing
lower bracing
elevation of M.G.
X-bracing
X.G.
L=40-70m
H
roller bearing
upper bracing
lower bracing
elevation of M.G.
X-bracing
X.G.
L=40-70m
H
4-7m
4-7m
21- There must be end bracket because there is no cantilever slab.
22- In case of single track deck bridges, the
bridge may compose of 2 main girders and
cross girder without stringers. (The main
girders are used at the position of stringers.)
1.50 ms
2.60 ms
H
1.7-1.8m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
9/15-LA
23- The main dimensions of the train envelope ( ‫اﻟﺠﺒﺎرﯾﺖ‬ ) is as shown:
4.62 ms
5
.
0
0
m
s
3.16 ms 0.80 m
2.31ms
3.16 ms
2.31 ms
5
.
0
0
m
s
3.16 ms
3.495 ms
0.15 m
5
.
0
0
m
s
0.15m
0.80m
24- In some cases (when needed) especially in through bridge, we can
lower the stringer by maximum of 15cm in order to decrease the height
of construction and increase distance between rail & upper beam.
Min 5cm
1.8m
X.G.
12.3-12.5 m
1.7m
1.8m 1.8m
B/7
-
B/9
H
S/10
1.7m
1.8m
0.3-0.4m
Min 5.5m
Min 5cm
1.8m
1.8m1.7m
8.8-9.2 m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
10/15-LA
25- The stringer may be added over the X.G. The actual height of
construction in this case will be hstringer + hx.g.+0.45
1.8m 1.7m 1.8m
8.8-9.2 m
26- When to use Subdivided trusses
For long spans (70 m or more) with narrow bridge (single track)
In this case the span of stringer will be 7m or more while span of
X.G. will be 3.5m in case of deck or 5.5m in case of pony or through.
i.e. the depth of stringer will be bigger than depth of X.G.
So use subdivided to reduce span of stringer
7-8m
70-80m
Deck bridge
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
11/15-LA
7-8m 70-80m
Pony or through
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
12/15-LA
Very Very Important:
How to determine the type of bridge whether it is deck, pony,
through?
The choice of the type of bridge depends mainly on:
1- Whether the compression chord is supported or not.
From the point of supporting compression chord, Deck Bridge is the
best choice then through bridge & finally pony is the most expensive.
2- The relation between the available height of construction "H"
and the construction height of the bridge "Hc".
a- The construction height of the bridge "Hc" is measured from the top of
the bridge floor (the rail level) to the level of the bottom flange of the
lower chord.
‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮب‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺎس‬
‫ﻘﻄﺎرات‬
)
‫أﻟ‬
‫ﻘﻀﯿﺒﺎن‬
(
‫اﻟﻰ‬
‫اﻟﻜﻮﺑﺮى‬ ‫ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫أﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮب‬
- Height for deck bridge is htruss + 0.2(sleeper) + 0.15 (rail) +
(0.1 is the deflection)
- Height of construction for pony and through bridge is h XG +
0.45.
b- Available construction height "H" may be given or calculated as
follows:
H = Bank level – H.W.L – Δ required for navigation
H.W.L.
Navigation
H
Bank level
The actual height of construction "Hc" must be less than or equal the
available height of construction "H". (HC ≤ H).
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
13/15-LA
 If Htruss + 0.45 =
12
10 
L
+0.45 ≤ H So use deck bridge.
 If Htruss + 0.45 =
12
10 
L
+0.45 > H So use through or pony.
We try first to make it through bridge, if not so pony bridge
How to determine whether the bridge is through or not?
If the height of the truss
(
12
10 
L
) – hxg – 0.35 (sleeper + rail) – 0.3 (height of upper beam) 
5.5m
So we can use through bridge.
12.3-12.5 m
1.7m
1.8m 1.8m
B/7
-
B/9
H
S/10
1.7m
1.8m
0.3-0.4m
Min 5.5m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
14/15-LA
Examples to determine the type of bridge:
Example 1:
2 tracks railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00) and
L.W.L (8.00). The Rail level is (15.00) and the height required for
navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 50 m.
Solution:
 Width of river = span of bridge
 H = Available height of construction = 15 – 10 – 3 = 2 m
H C deck =
12
10
50

+ 0.45 = 5.45
 4.6 m > 2 m
So we cannot make Deck Bridge.
Since we will use pony or through bridge, so B = 5.3+3.5 = 9.0m
H XG =
9
7
9
8 

B
= 1.0m
For through bridge: h = 5- 1 – 0.35 -0.3 = 3.35m  5.5m
So we cannot use through Bridge
So the bridge must be pony
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Railway truss bridges
Layout
15/15-LA
Example 2: Important
3 tracks railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00) and
L.W.L (8.00). The Rail level is (18.00) and the height required for
navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 50 m.
Solution:
 H = Available height of construction = 18 – 10 – 3 = 5 m
 H C = for deck =
12
10
50

+ 0.45 = 4.60  5.45 m
O.K. use Deck Bridge with H truss = 5- 0.45
= 4.55m
Example 3:
One track railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00)
and L.W.L (8.00). The Road level is (15.00) and the height required
for navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 70 m.
Solution:
H= 15 – 10 – 3 = 2 m
H C for deck =
12
10
70

+ 0.45
= 6.3m  7.45 m > 3 m
So it is either pony or through
Since this bridge is through or pony
So B of X.G = 5.3m
H XG =
8
3
.
5
= 0.65 m Take HMG = 0.65 + 0.45 + 5.5 + 0.3 = 7.0 m
5.3m
H
1.8m
0.3
Min 5.5m
0.65
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
1/13L.S
Railway truss bridges
Design of stringer
Loads on stringer:
1- Live load + Impact:
- Each track is a main lane and there are no adjacent lanes.
- The wheel loads are given below ( )
The train is Locomotive + tender + locomotive + tender + any number of
wagons.
1) This train is [type D]
2) The Previous loads are [wheel loads], Wheel load =
2
1 axle load
2*6.25t
1.5 1.75 1.8
3*12.5t
2.0
2.0
1.75 2.0 1.5 1.5
1.8 1.8
4*10t
1.5
4*10t
5.5
1.75 1.75 1.5
Locomotive Tender Any number of wagons
+ Tender
Locomotive
• The length of locomotive is 10.5m and of weight 100t (wheel loads
50t).
• The length of tender is 8.40m and of weight 80t (wheel loads 40t).
• The length of tender is 12.0m and of weight 80t (wheel loads 40t).
• Always use wheel loads.
Important note: In the exam, axle loads may be given so we have to
divide it / 2.
- Impact factor = I =
L
+
24
24
( ) 0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75
I = 0.25 → 0.75
Where: "L" in meters is the loaded length of the main track in direction of
motion.
Impact factor shall be taken for the loads in all the main lanes.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
2/13L.S
Note that: If I > 0.75, take I = 0.75
If I < 0.75, take I = 0.25
Loads on stringer (Railway Bridge)
1- Dead load:
- O.W. of stringer. = 150 – 200 kg / m/
- Weight of sleepers, rail = 600 kg / m/
- Weight of stringer bracing = 50 kg / m/
W dead = 0.2 +
2
05
.
0
2
6
.
0
+ = ……… t / m/
(We divide by 2 because we have two tracks)
M d = W d *
8
2
S = ---- m t Q d = W d *
2
S = ---- t
2- Live load:
Not less than 2 trails to get M L.L. & Q L.L.
There is no strips, we can calculate the moment and shear directly.
• Calculate ML.L max :
Both cases, we calculate the
moment at mid span under
the middle concentrated
load.
If we want to draw another case of loading: Use 2 wheel loads of 12.5t
and third with 6.25t. We have to get the position of resultant to get the
position middle concentrated load with respect to middle of beam.
3*12.5t
2.0
2.0
1.8 1.8
3*10t
Case 2 Case 1
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
3/13L.S
Calculate resultant = 12.5*+6.25 = 31.25t
X =
25
.
31
75
.
3
*
25
.
6
2
*
5
.
12 +
= 1.55m
Middle concentrated load at distance
= m
225
.
0
2
55
.
1
0
.
2
=
−
Get the moment under the concentrated load
Calculate maximum moment
• Calculate QL.L max :
Both cases, we calculate the
moment at mid span under
the middle concentrated
load.
We may make third case
Calculate maximum shear
• Calculate Impact:
I =
L
+
24
24
0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75
Where "L" is the length of the stringer "S", whatever the number
of tracks are.
1.75
6.25
0.45
2
2.0
R=31.25
12.5
12.5
x=1.55
3*12.5t
2.0
2.0
1.8 1.8
3*10t
Case 1
Case 2
R R
Case 3
12t 12t
2.0 1.75
6.25t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
4/13L.S
• Total straining actions:
Mtotal = ML(1+I) + MD Qtotal = QL(1+I) + QD
Design the section (as rolled section):
• Design as simple beam:
Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class I, Longitudinal flexural
member with L < 10m. n = over 2'000'000. Rolled section "detail A".
From table (3.2) ECP 41 Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2
Estimation of section: F max =
max
min
1
68
.
1
M
M
−
≤ 0.64Fy
If F max > 0.64Fy Take Fmax = 0.64Fy
Important note: Mmax (for fatigue) = ML (1+I) + MD
Not 0.6ML (1+I) + MD see ECP 37 (for railway, take full LL+I)
Sx =
max
F
M I
L
D +
+
Checks:
1-
y
f F
t
c 9
.
16
≤ ,
y
w
w
F
t
d 127
≤
2- Lu act = distance between vertical members
of stringer bracing.
Note that: we considered that sleeper is not
supporting the stringer
Lu max = least of
y
f
F
b
20
or b
y
f
C
dF
A
1380
Take Cb = 1.35 (concentrated load) and
calculate Fbcx.
Lu act
Stringer
X.G.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
5/13L.S
3- fmax = ≤
+
+
x
I
L
D
S
M
Fbcx (mostly 0.64 Fy)
4- fmax fatigue =
x
S
M
M min
max −
= ≤
+
x
I
L
S
M
1.68 t/cm2
5- qact = ≤
+
+
w
I
L
D
ht
Q
0.35 Fy
6- Check deflection using conjugate
beam
800
L
EI
M
≤
= ε
δ (ECP 132)
• Design as continuous beam:
We prefer not to make the connection continuous because we will use
special sleeper over the connection.
M0 = M Simple beam
0.9Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo
0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo Sec 1
Sec 2
Sec 3
1- Calculate bending moment for stringer simply supported over X.G.
2- Calculate M1 = 0.75Mo, M2 = 0.8Mo and M3 = 0.9Mo for both dead and
(live and impact).
Sec 1-1: M1-D = 0.75 Mo-D M1-(L+I) = 0.75 Mo-(L+I)
Sec 2-2: M2-D = 0.8 Mo-D M2-(L+I) = 0.8 Mo-(L+I)
Sec 3-3: M3-D = 0.9 Mo-D M3-(L+I) = 0.9 Mo-(L+I)
3*12.5 or 3*10
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
6/13L.S
3- For choice of section, assume that the section is compact section.
• For sec (1-1):
For rolled sec. with holes of pre-tensioned bolts Detail "B", n = over
2'000'000 Fsr = 1.12 t / cm2
Calculate; −
−
−
=
+
−
=
+
−
−
− )
1
(
26
.
1
)
(
1
1
1
max
I
L
d
d
M
M
M
f
IF fmax > 0.64 Fy then take f max = 0.64 Fy and get the section from;
fmax =
1
)
(
1
1
x
I
L
d
S
M
M +
−
− +
get S X1 = ---- cm3
[We choose the required section using Mmax flexural]
• For sec (2 – 2): for rolled sec "Detail "A", Fsr = 1.68 t / cm2
)
−
−
−
=
+
−
=
+
−
−
− )
1
(
68
.
1
)
(
2
2
2
max
I
L
d
d
M
M
M
f
IF fmax > 0.64 Fy then take f max = 0.64 Fy and get the section from;
fmax =
2
)
(
2
2
x
I
L
d
S
M
M +
−
− +
get S X 2 = ---- cm3
From bigger S X 1, 2 check I.P.E. or I.P.N. (S.I.E.) No ……., and check
safety of the section.
:
1
2
check
3
1) Check compactness of the section:
The section is compact if:
)
76
127
(
&
10
9
.
16
( =
>
=
>
y
F
w
t
w
h
y
F
f
t
C
For st. 44
)
67
127
(
&
9
.
8
9
.
16
( =
>
=
>
y
F
w
t
w
h
y
F
f
t
C
For st. 52
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
7/13L.S
Check L u act for negative sections = 0.2S and L u act for positive sections =
distance between verticals of stringer bracing.
2) Check maximum stresses: Mmax = MD + ML+I for required section
For sec 3:
x
I
L
d
S
M
M )
(
3
3 +
−
− +
= ------ t / cm2
< 0.64 FY for compact
< 0.58 FY for non-compact
3) Check stress range:
Mmax = MD +ML+I Mmin = MD (for required section)
For sec 1: Fsr =
x
S
M
M min
max −
= ------ t / cm2
< 1.12 t / cm2
For sec 3: Fsr =
x
S
M
M min
max −
= ------ t / cm2
< 1. 68 t / cm2
4) Check shear stress:
w
t
w
h
I
L
d
Q +
+ = ------ t / cm2
< 0.35 FY
5) Check deflection:
800
8
.
0
S
simple
continuous <
∆
=
∆
NOTE:
If the section is 3 unsafe, take the same section without increase
dimension and strengthen ( ) the first and the last panel only by
adding cover plate to increase the inertia of the section. We will add the
plate to the lower flange only because there are sleepers on the upper
flange.
• The cover plate is welded to the tension flange with fillet weld
parallel to direction of stress (assume weld is automatic with no
start stop position, detail B with F sr = 1.12 t / cm 2
. Then we must
check section 2 as rolled section.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
8/13L.S
i.e. Check flexural stresses:
For section 2 as rolled and section 3 as rolled with cover plates.
And check fatigue stresses:
For section 2 as detail "A" and section 3 as detail "B".
Note:
)
2
(
*
/
)
(
3
3
PL
X
I
L
D
t
h
I
M
M
+
+ +
−
−
< 0.64Fy t / cm2
)
2
(
*
/
)
(
3
PL
X
I
L
t
h
I
M
+
+
−
< 1. 12 t / cm2
Where: I/
x = I X-beam + 2 A PL* 2
)
2
2
( PL
t
h
+ =cm4
Example:
Design the Stinger as rolled section twice (Simple and continuous). St 44
5.7
5.7
Solution:
1) Dead Load
Track w =
2
1 * 600 = 300 kg/m'
St. Bracing w =
2
1 *40 = 20 kg/m'
O.w stringer ≅ 150 kg/m' ∑w = 470 kg/m'
M d =
8
7
.
5
*
47
.
0 2
= 1.909 mt Q d =
8
7
.
5
*
47
.
0
= 1.34 mt
t=10-20mm
f
b -4
Sec 3
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
9/13L.S
2) Live Loads: ( not less than 2 trails )
Calculate ML.L max :
M 1 = 28.44 mt
M 2 = 24.75 mt
Calculate resultant
= 12.5*+6.25 = 31.25t
X =
25
.
31
75
.
3
*
25
.
6
2
*
5
.
12 +
= 1.55m
Middle concentrated load at distance
= m
225
.
0
2
55
.
1
0
.
2
=
−
Get the moment under the concentrated load
Calculate maximum moment
R = 14.39t
M3 = 26.84mt
ML-max = 28.44 mt
• Calculate QL.L max :
Q1 = 24.34 t Q2 = 21.05 t Q3 = 22.97 t
QL-max = 24.34 mt
3*12.5t
2.0
2.0
1.8 1.8
3*10t
Case 1
Case 2
0.85
0.85
1.05
1.05
1.75
6.25
x=1.55
0.225
2.0
R=31.25
12.5
12.5
1.775 1.075
1.75
0.875
12.5
12.5
6.25
3*12.5t
2.0
1.8
Case 1
Case 2
R R
1.8 1.8 0.3
4*10t
2.0 1.7
2.0 1.75
Case 3
6.25t 6.25t
1.75 0.2
12.5t 12.5t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
10/13L.S
3) Impact:
I =
7
.
5
24
24
+
= 0.808 > 0.75 ∴ I = 0.75
M d + L + I = 1.909 + (28.44 * 1.75) = 51.676 mt
Q d + L + L = 1.34 + (24.34 *1.75) = 43.939 t
• Design as simple beam:
Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class I, Longitudinal flexural
member with L < 10m. n = over 2'000'000. Rolled section "detail A".
From table (3.2) ECP 41 Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2
Estimation of section: F max =
676
.
51
909
.
1
1
68
.
1
−
= 1.74 t/cm2
< 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2
F max = 1.74 t/cm2
Sx = 2970
74
.
1
100
*
676
.
51
= cm3
Use IPE 600 Sx = 3070 cm3
(Note: hstringer = cm
Span
57
10
≈ )
Checks:
1- 1
.
10
8
.
2
9
.
16
8
.
5
9
.
1
2
/
22
=
<
=
=
f
t
c
9
.
75
8
.
2
127
8
.
46
2
.
1
9
.
1
*
2
60
=
<
=
−
=
w
w
t
d
The Section is Compact
To get L u act divide spacing between 2 stringers as
shown 3 * 1.9 m, so angle is ≈ 45 0
2 – L u act = 1.9 m
L u max =
8
.
2
22
*
20
= 263 cm
Stringer
X.G.
1.9m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
11/13L.S
=
60
*
8
.
2
9
.
1
*
22
(
*
1380
* 1.35 = 463.5 cm
L u act < L u max
∴ F bcx = 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2
3 -
3070
100
*
676
.
51
max =
f = 1.68 t / cm2
< 1.79 t / cm2
4 -
3070
100
*
)
909
.
1
676
.
51
( −
=
fatique
f = 1.62 t / cm2
< 1.68 t / cm2
5 -
2
.
1
*
60
939
.
43
=
q = 0.61 t / cm2
< 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2
6 – Check deflection:
ε
M = 51.15 * 2.85 – 12.5 *
3
2
*2 – 31.88 * 1 – 6.77 * (2 +
3
2
* 0.85) =
79.85 m3
t
800
570
41
.
0
92080
*
2100
10
*
85
.
79 6
<
=
= cm
δ
= 0.71 cm O.K.
• Design as continuous beam:
M0 = M Simple beam =
0.9Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo
o 0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo
Sec 3 Sec 2
Sec 1
0.75M
M1 = 0.75*51.676 = 38.76mt, M2 = 0.8*51.676 = 41.34 mt and M3 =
0.9*51.676 = 46.51mt.
Sec 1-1: M1-D = 1.43mt M1-(L+I) = 37.33mt
Sec 2-2: M2-D = 1.53mt M2-(L+I) = 39.82mt
Sec 3-3: M3-D = 1.72mt M3-(L+I) = 44.79mt
12.5 12.5 12.5
12.5
31.88
6.77
52.15
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
12/13L.S
Sec. (1-1): Fsr = 1.12 t/cm2
, n = over 2'000'000, Detail "B" HSB
f max =
676
.
51
909
.
1
1
12
.
1
−
= 1.16 t/cm2
S x =
16
.
1
100
*
76
.
38
= 3341cm3
Sec. (2-2): Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2
, n = over 2'000'000, Detail "A" rolled
f max =
676
.
51
909
.
1
1
68
.
1
−
= 1.74 t/cm2
< 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2
S x =
74
.
1
100
*
34
.
41
= 2376cm3
S x-required = 3341cm3
> IPE 600 which means that the stringer in the
continuous connections is more critical. Choose (S.I.B 550)
Checks:
1- 1
.
10
8
.
2
9
.
16
33
.
3
3
2
/
20
=
<
=
=
f
t
c
9
.
75
8
.
2
127
8
.
25
9
.
1
3
*
2
55
=
<
=
−
=
w
w
t
d
2 – Lu-act for positive sections = 1.9m, Lu-act for negative sections =
0.2*5.7 = 1.14m
L u max =
8
.
2
20
*
20
= 239 cm
=
55
*
8
.
2
)
3
*
20
(
*
1380
* 1.35 = 725.8 cm
L u act < L u max ∴ F bcx = 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2
1- f max 3 =
3610
100
*
51
.
46
= 1.29 t/cm2
< 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2
o.k.
2- f max - f min 1 =
3610
100
*
33
.
37
= 1.034 t/cm2
< 1.12 t/cm2
o.k.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of Stringer
13/13L.S
3- f max 3 =
3610
100
*
79
.
44
= 1.24 t/cm2
< 1.68 t/cm2
o.k.
4- q max =
55
*
9
.
1
939
.
43
= 0.42 t/cm2
< (0.35*2.8=0.98 t/cm2
) o.k.
5-
800
570
33
.
0
41
.
0
*
8
.
0
8
.
0
. <
=
=
= cm
simple
cont δ
δ = 0.71 cm O.K.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
1/20XG
Railway truss bridges
Design of cross girder
Loads on X.G.:
1- Live load + Impact:
- Each track is a main lane and there are no adjacent lanes.
The train is Locomotive + tender + locomotive + tender + any number of
wagons.
• Always use wheel loads.
Important note: In the exam, axle loads may be given so we have to
divide it / 2.
- Impact factor = I =
L
+
24
24
( ) 0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75
L = n*2S where "n" is the number of tracks
X.G.
stringer
X.G.
stringer
X.G.
stringer
X.G.
stringer
X.G.
stringer
X.G.
stringer
Loaded length (shaded)
Required X.G.
Loaded length (shaded)
Required X.G.
Example: Calculate the impact factor of design of X.G for a triple track
pony bridge with spacing between X.Gs = 5.7m
I = 41
.
0
)
7
.
5
*
2
(
*
3
24
24
=
+
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
2/20XG
Loads on X.G. (Railway Bridge)
1- Dead load: Reaction of stringer = 2 QD-stringer
- O.W. of stringer. = 150 – 200 kg / m /
- Weight of sleepers, rail = 600 kg / m /
- Weight of stringer bracing = 50 kg / m /
W dead for stringer = (0.15-0.2) +
2
05
.
0
2
6
.
0
+ ≈ 0.5 t / m/
(We divide by 2 because we have two tracks)
RD = wdead * S
O.w. of X.G. ≅ 300→ 350 kg/m'
Or
Single track
D
R
D
R
Double track
D
R
D
R
D
R
D
R
2- Live load: Not less than 2 trails to get R L.L.
We have to take one strip (the strip is the stringer), so we load the
stringer and get the maximum reaction. Then put the maximum reaction
over X.G. and calculate maximum moment and shear without moving
the reactions. The position of the reaction is the position of rail.
It is preferable to use the wheel loads only without impact and
multiply both the moment and the shear of X.G. * impact later.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
3/20XG
• Calculate RL.L max :
R of case 1 will be mostly
critical.
• Calculation of ML and QL:
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Single track Double track
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L
Triple track
R
L
R
L
Calculate ML and QL.
ML+I = ML * (1+I)*F QL+I = QL * (1+I)*F
Where I =
S
n 2
*
24
24
+
, n is number of tracks and "S" is span of stringer
L = 2 S for single track = 4 S for double tracks
= 6S for triple track
"F" is a reduction factor depends on number of tracks
F = 1 Single track F = 0.9 Double tracks
F = 0.8 Triple tracks F = 0.75 4 tracks or more
This is because the case of maximum reaction for all tracks cannot
happen.
3.0
2.0
1.75 1.75
Case 1
2.0
10 10
1.8
6.25
6.25
6.25
10
2.0
12.5
12.5
Case 2
1.75
1.75 2.0 3.0
12.5
1.0
I.L. of reaction
6.25
S S
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
4/20XG
• Total straining actions:
Mtotal = ML(1+I) + MD Qtotal = QL(1+I) + QD
Design the section:
The X.G. may be rolled for single track and B.U. of double tracks
Important note: In design of X.G. and especially in single track deck
bridge, and if the stringer is given. The depth of X.G. must be at least of
the same depth of stringer.
• Design as rolled beam:
Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class III, Transverse
floor beams. n = over 2'000'000 for single track and 500'000 for double
tracks. Rolled section "detail A".
Note: For more than 2 tracks, we can take 500'000 cycles as case of
double tracks.
From table (3.2) ECP 41: Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2
(single) or Fsr = 2.52 t/cm2
(double tracks or more)
Estimation of section: F max =
I
L
D
D
sr
M
M
F
+
+
−
1
≤ 0.64Fy
If F max > 0.64Fy Take F max = 0.64Fy
Important note: Mmax (for fatigue) = ML (1+I) + MD
Sx =
max
F
M I
L
D +
+
Checks:
1-
y
f F
t
c 9
.
16
≤ ,
y
w
w
F
t
d 127
≤
2- Lu act = distance between stringers = 1.8m.
Stringer
X.G.
1.80
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
5/20XG
Lu max = least of
y
f
F
b
20
or b
y
f
C
dF
A
1380
Take Cb = 1.35 (concentrated load) and calculate Fbcx.
3- fmax = ≤
+
+
x
I
L
D
S
M
Fbcx (mostly 0.64 Fy)
4- fmax fatigue =
x
S
M
M min
max −
= ≤
+
x
I
L
S
M
Fsr t/cm2
5- qact = ≤
+
+
w
I
L
D
ht
Q
0.35 Fy
6- Check deflection using conjugate beam
R
L
R
L
R
L
R
L L
R
L
R
800
*
L
F
EI
M
≤
= ε
δ (ECP 132) ("F" is the reduction factor)
• Design as built-up section:
As will be seen in Main girder
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
6/20XG
• Lateral shock: (47 )
The train makes lateral shock in the direction
perpendicular to stringer. The lateral shock is taken
constant and equals to 6t. The 6t is to be added in
order to produce the maximum effect in the studied
member.
The lateral shock is constant = 6t whatever the
number of tracks. Do not take impact factor.
• Braking force: (47 )
The braking force is taken as ∑ 7
/
P "P is the wheel load".
6.25
12.5
Loc.(50t)
Tender(40t) Loc.(50t) Tender(40t)
9m
1.5
10.5
8.4m 10.5m 8.4m
Wagon(40t)
12.0m
10.0
1.5 1.75
The wagons are added in length = L - 36.3 of the main girder
In case of one track, we take total braking force.
In case of double tracks, we take total braking force on one track
and half the braking force on the other track.
In case of triple tracks, we take braking force on 2 tracks only as
follows: total braking force on one track, half the braking force on the
second track in which this combination gives maximum straining actions
on the studied member.
Stringer
X.G.
1.80
6t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
7/20XG
B
B
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
B
B/2
B/2
The braking force is distributed over the braking force bracings of
the bridge. The number of braking force bracings may be "2" if we put 2
bracings at both ends only or "4" if we put at mid span.
B =
.
B.F.B
of
Number
7
/
∑P
(B.F.B. is braking force bracing)
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
S=4.0-7.0m
B
4 bracings
2 bracings
B
S=4.0-7.0m
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
8/20XG
Very important note: If there is no braking force bracing, there will be
My on X.G. The braking force will be distributed over the total number of
X.G.
B =
.
X.G.
of
Number
7
/
∑P
then calculate My and design the X.G.
Number of X.G = Number of spacing + 1
• We always make braking force bracing except if it is mentioned in
the exam not to use B.F.B.
Illustrative example:
Through bridge triple track of span 72 m the X.G. is spaced 6 m.
Calculate braking force in the following cases:
1 – There is only B.F.B at both ends
2 - There is only B.F.B at both ends & at mid span
3 - There is no B.F.B
Solution:
Length of loc + tender + loc + tender = 10.5 * 2 + 2 * 8.4 – 1.5 = 36.3 m
Length of wagons = 12 m
12
7
.
35
∴ = 2.975 Means 3 wagons
Loc.(50t)
1.5 0.3
8.4m
9m
10.5
10.5m 8.4m 12.0m 12.0m 11.7
60.3
10.0 10.0
Wagon(40t) Wagon(40t)
Loc.(50t)
12.5
6.25 Tender Tender
40t 40t
∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 (2 locomotives) + 2 * 40 (2 tenders) + 3 * 40
(3 wagons) = 300 t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
9/20XG
Case 1:
2
7
/
300
=
B = 21.43 t
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
B
2 bracings
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
R
Case 2:
4
7
/
300
=
B = 10.7t
Note for long spans > 50 m , we have to use 2 B.F.B at mid span
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
B
4 bracings
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
R
B
B
B/2
B/2
B
B
B/2
B/2
Case 3: Number of X.G. = 12 + 1 = 13
13
7
/
300
=
B = 3.3 t
M.G.
X.G.
M.G.
B
B
B
B/2
B/2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
10/20XG
• Madd for pony bridges:
If the maximum compression force in the upper chord is given, we have
to calculate Madd on X.G. and check as case II
5.3 m
1.8m
C
100
h
C
100
M
M
add
Example1:
Design the X.G. of a single track deck bridge as rolled section. Steel used
is 37. The spacing between cross girders is 5.7m.
Solution:
B = 3.5 m (single track, deck bridge)
1) Dead load:
o.w of stringer = 0.175 t / m/
Stringer bracing + rail + sleeper on each stringer =
2
65
.
0
= 0.325 t / m/
DL on stringer = 0.5 t / m/
R D = 0.5 * 5.7 = 2.85 t
Assume o w = 300 kg / m/
M D = 2.88 m t
Q D = 3.375 t
2.85 2.85
0.3
0.85 0.85
1.8
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
11/20XG
2) Live load:
R max = 12.5 (1 + 2 * 0.65)
+ 10 * 0.12
+ 6.25 (0.34 + 0.035)
= 32.3 t
Make another case of loading
I =
7
.
5
*
2
*
1
24
24
+
= 0.68 < 0.75
Q L = 32.3 t , Q L+I = 32.3 * 1 * 1.68 = 54.26 t
M L = 27.45 m t, M L+I = 27.45*1*1.68 = 46.11 m t
3) Maximum Straining actions:
Q max = 3.375 + 54.26 = 57.64 t M max = 2.88 + 46.11 = 49 m t
For fatigue: Class III , one track, over 2000000
Rolled: Detail "A" à F sr = 1.68 t / cm2
Estimation of section:
49
88
.
2
1
68
.
1
max
−
=
F = 1.78 t / cm2
< 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2
78
.
1
100
*
49
=
x
S = 2753 cm4
Use IPE no. 600
For single track deck bridge, we must check stringer since Lstringer = 5.7 m
The section will be IPE 600 ( ≈
= cm
57
10
570
60 cm) . So use IPE 600 for
X.G section (minimum section)
2.0
Case 1
1.0
I.L. of reaction
6.25
0.2 1.75 1.75 2.0
10
3.0 0.7
0.035
0.34
0.65
0.65
0.12
5.7 5.7
6.25
32.3 32.3
0.85 0.85
1.8
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
12/20XG
Check:
5
.
6
8
.
2
9
.
10
8
.
5
9
.
1
2
/
22
=
<
=
=
f
t
c
76
8
.
2
127
8
.
46
2
.
1
9
.
1
*
2
60
=
<
=
−
=
w
w
t
d
L u act = 180 cm
L u max =
8
.
2
22
*
20
= 263 cm Or = 35
.
1
*
8
.
2
*
60
9
.
1
*
22
*
1380
= 463 cm
∴The section is Compact and no LTB
1)
3070
4900
max =
f = 1.6 t / cm2
< 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2
2)
3070
4611
=
fatique
f =1.5 t / cm2
< 1.68 t / cm2
3) Check shear =
2
.
1
*
60
64
.
57
= 0.8 t / cm2
< 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2
4) Check deflection:
32.3 32.3
0.85 0.85
24.7
11.67
27.45
36.36
0.9 0.9
92080
*
2100
)
3
85
.
0
9
.
0
(
*
67
.
11
2
9
.
0
*
7
.
24
75
.
1
*
36
.
36 +
−
−
=
=
EI
Mξ
δ * 106
= 0.2 cm <
800
350
= 0.44 cm
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
13/20XG
Example 2:
Design the X.G of double track through bridge as built up section. The
distance between X.G is 5.7 m. steel used is st. 44
Solution:
From previous: R D = 2.85 m t & R L = 32.3 t
1) Dead load:
B = 5.3 + 3.5 = 8.8 m
Q D = 5.7 t & M D = 15.1 m t
2) Live load:
Q L = 64.6 t M L = 171.2 m t
7
.
5
*
2
*
2
24
24
+
=
I = 0.51 < 0.75
Q L+I = 64.6 * 1.51 = 97.5 t , M L+I = 171.2*1.51 = 258.5 m t
Q max = 97.5 + 5.7 = 103.2 t , M max = 258.5 + 15.1 = 273.6 m t
Estimation of section:
8
880
=
w
h = 110 cm
t w = 8 mm or
110
*
8
.
2
*
35
.
0
2
.
103
= 0.96 cm or
830
8
.
2
*
110
= 0.37 cm
h w < 1.5 m no h z stiffeners
8
.
2
190
110
=
w
t
t w = 0.97 cm take t w = 10 mm
n = 500'000 from class III, B.U. detail "B"
6
.
273
1
.
15
1
0
.
2
max
−
=
F = 2.1 t / cm2
> 0.58 * 2.8 = 1.6 t / cm2
∴ F max = 1.6 t / cm2
T = C =
110
*
97
.
0
100
*
6
.
273
= 256.4 t
2.85 2.85
0.3
32.3
1.75 1.8
32.3
64.6
0.85
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
14/20XG
Area of upper flange = 1
*
110
*
6
1
6
.
1
4
.
256
− = 142 cm2
Assume b = 20 t 20 t2
= 142
t u = 2.8 cm b u = 55 cm
2
3
)
2
8
.
2
2
110
(
*
55
*
8
.
2
*
2
12
110
*
1
+
+
=
x
I = 1'090'652 cm4
Checks:
8
.
2
21
6
.
9
8
.
2
2
/
)
1
55
(
≤
=
−
=
f
t
c
= 12.55
Note that
8
.
2
3
.
15
>
f
t
c
= 9.14 so the flange is non-compact
L u act = 180 cm
L u max =
8
.
2
55
*
20
= 657 cm or = 35
.
1
*
8
.
2
*
110
8
.
2
*
55
*
1380
= 931 cm
∴ There is no LTB ∴ F bcx = 0.58 * 2.8 = 1.6 t / cm2
)
8
.
2
2
110
(
*
1090652
100
*
6
.
273
max +
=
f = 1.45 t / cm2
< 1.6 t / cm2
)
8
.
2
2
110
(
*
1090652
100
*
5
.
258
+
=
fatique
f = 1.37 t / cm2
< 2 t / cm2
1
*
110
2
.
103
=
q = 0.94 t / cm2
< 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2
Weld: )
4
.
4
*
2
.
0
(
2
1090652
)
2
8
.
2
2
110
(
*
)
8
.
2
*
55
(
*
2
.
103
s
=
+
s = 0.47 cm take smin = 6mm
55*2.8
110*1
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
15/20XG
ε
M = 500.26 * 4.4 – 145.52 *
2
85
.
0
– 52.33 (0.85+
2
8
.
1
)
– 203.49 (0.85 +
2
8
.
1
)
– 98.92 (0.85 + 1.8 +
3
75
.
1
)
= 1387.5 m3
t
800
880
55
.
0
9
.
0
*
1090652
*
2100
10
*
5
.
1387 6
<
=
= cm
δ
= 1.1 cm
Example 3:
Design the X.G of triple track Pony Bridge as built up section. The
distance between X.G is 5.7 m. steel used is st. 52. The maximum
compression force upper chord is 1800 t. H MG = 6 m
Solution:
As before R D = 2.85 m t & R L = 32.3 t
B = 5.3 + 7m = 12.5 m
32.3 32.3 32.3
1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85
2.85 2.85 2.85
1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85
2.675
1.825
3.125
0.925
Q D = 2.85*3 = 8.55 t & M D = 2*2.85(0.925+1.825+2.675) = 30.92 m t
Q L = 32.3*3 = 96.9 t & M L = 2*32.3(0.925+1.825+2.675) = 350.4 m t
32.3
1.75 1.8 0.85
32.3
171.2
113.05
145.52
203.49
98.92
52.33
32.3 32.3
500.26
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
16/20XG
7
.
5
*
2
*
3
24
24
+
=
I = 0.41 > 0.25
Q L+I = 96.9*1.41*0.8 = 109.3 t , M L+I = 350.4*1.41*0.8 = 395.25 m t
Q max 8.55+109.3 = 117.85 t , M max = 395.25+30.92 = 426.17 m t
8
5
.
12
: =
XG
add h
M = 1.60 m
2
6
.
1
6
2
−
=
−
=
∴ XG
MG
h
h
h = 5.2 m
100
1800
100
=
c
= 18 t M add = 18 * 5.2 = 93.6 m t
5.2
93.6
1800
100
93.6
1800
100
5.2
1800
100
Note that: The vertical number of truss also is subjected to moment
Estimation of section:
h w = 160 cm
t w = 8 mm or
160
*
6
.
3
*
35
.
0
85
.
117
= 0.58 cm
Or
6
.
3
830
160
=
w
t
à t w = 0.59 cm
Or
6
.
3
190
160
=
w
t
à t w = 1.6 cm too big
Use vertical stiffener & horizontal stiffener at
5
h
from compression
flange
6
.
3
320
160
=
w
t
à t w = 0.94 cm Take t w = 10 mm
For class III, BU. Detail "B" , n = 500'000
Note that: Case of triple tracks is not mentioned in the code but we can
take n = 500'000 (conservative)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
17/20XG
17
.
426
92
.
30
1
0
.
2
max
−
=
F = 2.16 t / cm2
> 0.58 * 3.6 = 2.1 t / cm2
T = C =
160
*
97
.
0
100
*
17
.
426
= 274.6 t
Area of flange = 1
*
160
*
6
1
1
.
2
6
.
274
− = 104 cm2
Assume b = 20 t 20 t2
= 104 t = 2.4 cm b = 48 cm
Checks:
6
.
3
21
8
.
9
4
.
2
2
/
)
1
48
(
≤
=
−
=
f
t
c
= 11.1
L u act = 180 cm
L u max =
6
.
3
48
*
20
= 506 cm
Or = 35
.
1
*
6
.
3
*
160
4
.
2
*
48
*
1380
= 276 cm > 180 cm
The section is non- compact & No L.T.B.
F bcx = 0.58 * 3.6 = 2.1 t / cm2
2
3
)
2
4
.
2
2
160
(
*
)
4
.
2
*
48
(
2
12
160
+
+
=
I = 1860462 cm4
)
4
.
2
2
160
(
*
1860462
100
*
17
.
426
max +
=
f = 1.89 t / cm2
< 2.1 t / cm2
Check with M add (case B)
)
4
.
2
2
160
(
*
1860462
100
*
)
6
.
93
17
.
426
(
max +
+
=
f =2.3 t / cm2
< 1.2*2.1=2.52t /
cm2
)
4
.
2
2
160
(
*
1860462
100
*
25
.
395
+
=
fatique
f = 1.75 t / cm2
< 2 t / cm2
1
*
160
85
.
117
=
q = 0.73 t / cm2
< 0.35 * 3.6 = 1.26 t / cm2
160*1
48*2.4
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
18/20XG
Weld: )
2
.
5
*
2
.
0
(
2
1860462
)
2
4
.
2
2
160
(
*
)
4
.
2
*
48
(
*
85
.
117
s
=
+
s = 0.28 cm take smin = 6mm
Check deflection: as before
800
1250
<
δ = 1.56 cm
Example 4:
Redesign Question 2 assume NO Braking force bracing is used & L Bridge
= 57 m
Solution:
Since No Braking force Bracing, so the X-girder will carry M y
L = 57 m no of X.G = 1
7
.
5
57
+ = 11 X.G.
6.25
12.5
Loc.(50t)
Tender(40t) Loc.(50t) Tender(40t)
9m
1.5
10.5
8.4m 10.5m 8.4m
Wagon(40t)
12.0m
10.0
1.5 1.75 5.45<5.5
∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 + 2 * 40 + 40 + 20 = 240 t
11
7
/
240
=
B = 3.1 t
1.75 1.8 0.85
A
5.27
3.1 3.1 1.56 1.56
8
.
8
)
05
.
7
25
.
5
(
1
.
3
)
55
.
3
75
.
1
(
56
.
1 +
+
+
=
B
R = 5.27 t
M = 13.14 m t (At point "A" not at mid span)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
19/20XG
F bcx = 0.58 F y F bcy = 0.58 F y = 1.6 t / cm2
Check:
2
*
12
55
*
8
.
2
3
=
y
I = 77642 cm4
6
.
1
2
55
*
77642
100
*
14
.
13
6
.
1
)
8
.
2
2
110
(
*
1090652
100
*
6
.
273
max +
+
=
f = 1.2 ≤1.2 case B
Example 5:
Redesign Question 3 assume NO Braking force bracing L = 68.4 m (12
panel * 5.7 m)
Solution:
Loc.(50t)
1.5
10.0
8.4m
9m 10.5m 8.4m 12.0m 12.0m
60.3
10.5
12.5
6.25
1.5 1.75
4.85<5.5
Tender
40t
Loc.(50t) Wagon(40t) Wagon(40t)
Tender
40t
∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 + 2 * 40 +2 * 40 + 20 = 280 t
13
7
/
280
=
B = 3.1 t (Number of X. girders = Number of panels + 1)
We have to arrange braking force on 2 lanes in order to get maximum
effect (maximum straining actions on X.G.)
1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85
3.1 3.1 1.54 1.54
zero
A
10.65
8.85
7.15
5.35
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Loads and design of X.G.
20/20XG
M y = 21.45 m t (at point "A")
12
48
*
4
.
2
*
2
3
=
y
I = 44237 cm4
1
.
2
2
48
*
44237
100
*
45
.
21
1
.
2
3
.
2
max +
=
f = 1.65 > 1.2
Unsafe Increase dimensions specially of flange & recheck.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
1/29
I-Drawing of influence lines
a- Upper and lower chord:
• To draw influence line of upper or lower chord, we have to determine
the pole.
•
pole of upper
chord
pole of lower
chord
• If the member is in the lower chord, so the pole is in the upper chord
and vise versa.
• The ordinate under the pole is
Lh
ab
For marked member from the upper chord:
h
bupper
aupper
L=span of truss
a*b
L*h
I.L of upper
Chord (u)
pole(u)
M= a b
L
M
h
=
a b
L h
=
Force
Upper
(comp.)
(-)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
2/29
For marked member from the lower chord:
pole(L)
h
blower
a
lower
L=span
of truss
a*b
L*h
Lower
(tens.) M= a b
L
M
h
=
a b
L h
=
Force
I.L of lower
Chord (L)
(+)
Important note: The chord member (whether upper or lower) subjected
to either tension always or compression always.
b- Diagonal:
• Steps of drawing of I.L. of diagonal:
• If α is the angle between the diagonal and the horizontal,
1
sin
1
sin
1
sin
1
sin
1
sin
1
sin
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
3/29
•
a , b
diagonal
1
sin
1
sin
a
b
•
a, b
a, b
a
b
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
4/29
For dead load: We have to load both parts (positive and negative)
For LL: We have to load twice
a
b DL
a
b LL
a
b LL
• To get the sign of diagonal (tension or compression), first we have to
recognize the main sign of the diagonal.
• The diagonal is tension if tangent and compression if perpendicular to
B.M.D.
(tens.) diagonal
(comp.) diagonal
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
5/29
Important note: Always loading the bigger part of the I.L. gives the
main sign of the member, while loading the smaller part gives the other
sign.
.
diagonal
So the influence line of diagonal is as shown below
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
1.00
* I.L of Reaction (R)
h
sin
1
a
b
L L2
(+)
(-)
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
sin
a
1
1
D
1
D
2
2
1
b
(+)
Very important:
Always for N-truss, the main sign is tension for all diagonals.
Always for W-truss, the main sign is one tension and the other is
compression.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
6/29
c- Vertical:
• Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use
method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0
y ).
Deck N-truss:
• For the first and last verticals (V1), it is always = reaction
• For the middle vertical (V5). Force = Reaction of XG
• For other verticals, V = D sinα and with opposite sign.
i.e. V4 = D3 sinα (from the lower joint away from X.G.)
1
* I.L of V
1.00
* I.L of V
h
1
a
b
L1 L2
V1
V2
D1
D2 V4
D3
4
(+)
(-)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
7/29
Vertical:
• Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use
method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0
y ).
• For the middle vertical, it is zero member
• For all other verticals, V = D sinα and with opposite sign.
i.e. V3 = D3 sinα (from the upper joint away from X.G.)
1
* I.L of V
h
1
a
b
L1 L2
(-)
(+)
V1
V2
D1
D2 V
4
D3
4
V
5
V3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2- Deck W-truss (warren):
a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as N-truss deck bridge
For marked member from the upper chord:
h
bupper
aupper
L=span of truss
a*b
L*h
I.L of upper
Chord (u)
pole(u)
M= a b
L
M
h
=
a b
L h
=
Force
Upper
(comp.)
(-)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
8/29
Note that: Each 2 adjacent members in the upper chord are equal in
magnitude and both are compression.
For marked member from the lower chord:
pole(L)
h
blower
a
lower
L=span
of truss
a*b
L*h
Lower
(tens.) M= a b
L
M
h
=
a b
L h
=
Force
I.L of lower
Chord (L)
(+)
Note that: Each 2 adjacent members in the lower chord are equal in
magnitude and both are tension.
The first and the last lower chords are zero members. These members
cannot be removed for stability.
b- Diagonal:
• The main sign of the diagonal varies according to its direction of
inclination. Tangent to moment is tension, while perpendicular is
compression.
h
T T T
T
C C C C
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
9/29
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
h
sin
1
a
b
L L2
(+)
(-)
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
sin
a
1
1
D
1
D
2
2
1
b
(-)
Tension
Zone
Comp
Zone
D
3
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
b
(+) Tension
Zone
3
Important
c- Vertical:
• Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use
method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0
y ).
• In W-deck truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other
half are compression members with I.L. as shown below
h
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2
1
V 2
V
4
V 6
V
8
V
I.L. of V
4
I.L. of V
8
I.L. of V
6
I.L. of V
1
I.L. of V
(-)
(-)
(-)
(-)
(-)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
10/29
From previous:
• The first and last diagonals carry the reaction, so they have the same
I.L. of reaction.
• Verticals V2, V4, V6 and V8 which support X.G. carry loads only when
X.G. carry loads.
• Verticals V3, V5 and V7 are always zero members and can be removed
without affecting the stability of the truss. They only decrease the
buckling inside of the lower chord.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3- Pony or through W-truss: (beginning with tension diagonal)
a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as N-truss deck bridge
b- Diagonal: As previous in case of W-deck truss
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
h
sin
1
a
b
L L2
(+)
(-)
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
sin
a
1
1
D
1
D
2
2
1
b
(-)
Tension
Zone
Comp
Zone
c- Vertical:
• In W-pony truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other
half are tension members with I.L. as shown below
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
11/29
h
1.0
1.0
1.0
3
1
V
2
V
4
V 6
V 8
V
I.L. of V
5
I.L. of V
7
I.L. of V
1
I.L. of V
(+)
1
D
1.00
(-)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4- Pony or through W-truss: (beginning with compression diagonal)
a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as W-truss deck bridge
b- Diagonal: As previous in case of W-pony truss
sin
1
* I.L of diagonal (D )
h
sin
1
a
b
L2
(+)
1
Tension
Zone
1
D
2
D
1
L
(-)
Zone
2
b
* I.L of diagonal (D )
1
sin
(-)
Comp
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
12/29
c- Vertical:
• In W-pony truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other
half are tension members with I.L. as shown below
h
V V V V
1
D 1 3 5 7
(+)
I.L. of V
I.L. of V
I.L. of V
1.0 1.0
1.0
1
3
5
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
13/29
II-Calculation of loads
The members of the truss are subjected to either tension or compression
forces due to dead and live loads.
1- Dead load:
(1)Weight of tracks:
O.W. of one track (rail + sleeper) = 600 kg / m/
(2) O.W. of steal structure:
(Stringer + X.G. + truss + bracing + ------ )
• For single track (S.T.) (for spans ≤ 60 m)
W S = 0.5 + 0.05 L t / m/
à (deck)
W S = 0.75 + 0.05 L t / m/
à (through or pony)
• For double tracks (D.T.) (for spans ≤ 60 m)
W S = (0.5 + 0.05 L) * 1.9 t / m/
à (deck)
W S = (0.75 + 0.05 L) * 1.9 t / m/
à (through or pony)
Where
L = span of the Bridge (truss span)
W S is for the whole bridge width
Note: for spans > 60.0 m, the loads are reduced by 10%
)
05
.
0
75
.
0
(
9
.
0
)
05
.
0
5
.
0
(
9
.
0
L
W
L
W
S
S
+
=
+
=
à Single track (S.T.)
)
05
.
0
75
.
0
(
9
.
1
*
9
.
0
)
05
.
0
5
.
0
(
9
.
1
*
9
.
0
L
W
L
W
S
S
+
=
+
=
à Double tracks (D.T.)
2
)
2
∑
+
=
ack
weightoftr
w
W s
d = ----- t / m/
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
14/29
Example: Calculate the dead load of (S.T.) deck bridge with span = 62 m
WS = 0.9 (0.5 + 0.05 * 62) = 3.24 t / m/
2
6
.
0
2
24
.
3
+
=
d
W = 1.92 t / m/
Example: Calculate the dead load of (D.T.) pony bridge with span = 48
m
WS = 1.9* (0.75 + 0.05 * 48) = 5.985 t / m/
2
2
*
6
.
0
2
985
.
5
+
=
d
W = 3.59 t / m/
2- Live load:
We have to use I.L. to calculate the maximum forces in different
members.
For diagonals and verticals, we must calculate both cases (tension and
compression for fatigue)
Important: Always calculate the force without impact load using wheel
load. The force will be F = f*m*n*(1+I)
Where I =
nL
+
24
24
"n" is number of tracks. 1 for single, 2 for double, 3 for triple…..
And "m" is reduction factor: 1 for single, 0.9 for double, 0.8 for triple.
• The reduction factor is used because in double tracks, we consider
the 2 trains reach the maximum case of loading at the same time
which is not the real case.
• In impact we use "nL" because each lane is considered as main
lane. So we have to load both of them to get maximum forces in
truss members.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
15/29
Example 1:
Pony bridge double track L = 54 m, S = 5.4 m Warren truss and N-truss,
Find maximum forces in truss members. (h = 6.0
m)
10*5.4=54
V1 V2 V3
V
4 V5
V6
U1
U2
U3
U2
U1
L1
L2
L3
L3
L2
L1
d1
d2 d3
d4 d5
L1
U1
Solution: Dead load for the bridge:
WS = 1.9 (0.75 + 0.05 * 54) = 6.56 t / m/
2
2
*
6
.
0
2
56
.
6
+
=
d
W = 3.88 t / m/
Force in member (U 1)
1
10t
12.5t
6.25t
0.42
0.81
0.78
0.65
0.54
0.46
0.33
0.22
0.1
0.02
h =6 m
pole (U )
1
10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
L*h
a*b
=0.81=
54*6
5.4*48.6
48.6 m
5.4
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
16/29
Dead load: )
2
54
*
81
.
0
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 84.8 t
Live load
f L = (2*6.25*0.42) + (3*12.5*0.78) + (4*10*0.65) + (2*6.25*0.54) +
(3*12.5*0.46) + (4*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.22) + (2*10*0.1) + (2*10*0.02)
= 104.5 t
I =
)
54
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.18 Not less than 0.25
FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*104.5 = 235.1t (comp.)
1
max
min
26
.
320
8
.
84
U
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
−
=
Force in member (U 2):
12.5t
10t
maximum ordinate
37.8 m
0.9
0.21
0.01
16.2*37.8
54*6 =1.89
a*b
L*h
h=
6 m
0.57
1.28
1.52
1.75
1.89
1.68
1.10
0.56
=
16.2 m
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
2
pole (U )
2
U2
pole (U )
2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
17/29
Dead load: )
2
54
*
89
.
1
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 197.87 t
Live load
fL = (2*6.25*0.56) + (3*12.5*1.1) + (10*1.68) + (10*1.89) + (2*10*1.75)
+ (2*6.25*1.52) + (3*12.5*1.28) + (4*10*0.9) + (2*10*0.57) +
(2*10*0.21) + (10*0.01) = 237.7 t
I =
)
54
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.18 Not less than 0.25
FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*237.7 = 535 t (comp.)
F d + L + I = 197.87 + 535 = 732.87 t (comp.) 2
max
min
87
.
732
87
.
197
U
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
−
=
Force in member (U 3):
27.0 m
27*27
54*6
=2.25
a*b
L*h
h=
6 m
=
2.03
1.48
0.84
0.46
2.25
2.08
1.44
0.89
0.23
27.0 m
U3
U3
pole (U )
3
pole (U )
3
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
Dead load: F d = w d * area of I.L. ∴ )
2
54
*
25
.
2
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 235.56 t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
18/29
Live load
f L = (2*6.25*0.46) + (3*12.5*0.84) + (4*10*1.48) + (2*6.25*2.03) +
(3*12.5*2.08) + (4*10*1.44) + (2*10*0.89) + (2*10*0.29) = 281.4t
I as before = 0.25
FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*281.4 = 633.3t (comp.)
F d + L + I = 235.56 + 633.3 = 868.82 t (comp.) 3
max
min
82
.
868
56
.
235
U
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
−
=
Force in member (L1): L1 is zero member under vertical loads.
F max = F min = zero à L1 because there is no hl. loads.
Force in member (L2):
43.2 m
10.8*43.2
54*6
=1.44
a*b
L*h
h=
6 m
=
0.77
0.16
1.44
1.35
1.13
0.98
0.72
0.5
0.26
0.1
10.8 m
pole (L )
2
L2
L1
L1 L2
pole (L )
2
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
10t
Dead load: )
2
54
*
44
.
1
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 150.76 t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
19/29
Live load
f L = (2*6.25*0.16) + (3*12.5*0.77) + (4*10*1.35) + (2*6.25*1.13) +
(3*12.5*0.98) + (4*10*0.72) + (2*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.26) + (2*10*0.1)
= 181.7t
I = 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*181.7 = 408.8t (Tension)
F d + L + I = 150.76 + 408.8 = 559.6t (tens.) 2
max
min
6
.
559
76
.
150
L
t
F
t
F
→
+
=
+
=
Force in member (L3):
32.4 m
21.6 m
1.12
0.66
1.89
2.16
1.9
1.59
1.08
0.64
0.16
pole (L )
3
L3
L3
pole (L )
3
h=
6 m
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
21.6*32.4
54*6
=2.16
a*b
L*h =
Dead load: )
2
54
*
16
.
2
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 226.14 t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
20/29
Live load: fL = (2*6.25*0.66) + (3*12.5*1.12) + (4*10*1.89) +
(2*6.25*1.9) + (3*12.5*1.59) + (4*10*1.08) + (2*10*0.64) +
(2*10*0.16) =268.5 t (tension)
I = 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*268.5 = 604.1t (Tension)
F d + L + I = 226.14 + 604.1 = 830.3 t 3
max
min
3
.
830
14
.
226
L
t
F
t
F
→
+
=
+
=
Force in member (D 2): α = tan-1
(6/5.4) = o
48 35
.
1
sin
1
=
α
48.0m
10*5.4=54 m
(+)
(-)
6m
0.49
1.08
1.03
0.83
0.67
0.56
0.36
0.20
0.04
0.13
0.13
0.09
0.05
1.35
D2
D2
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
1.35
12.5t
h=
6 m
x
0.13
=
4.5-x
1.08 x = 0.6m
Dead load:
2
1
)
( =
−ve
A * 48 * 1.08 = 25.83
2
1
)
( =
+ve
A * 6 * 0.13 = 0.4
Fd = 3.88*(25.83-0.4) = 98.6t
Live load:
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
21/29
F L max = (2*6.25*0.49) + (3*12.5*1.03) + (4*10*0.83) + (2*6.25*0.67) +
(3*12.5*0.56) + (4*10*0.36) + (2*10*0.2) + (10*0.04) = 126.1
I max =
)
48
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0. 2 Imin= 0.25
FL+I(max) = 2*0.9*1.25*126.1= 283.8t
FL min = 12.5 * (0.05 + 0.09 + 0.13) = 3.4t
I min =
)
6
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.67 < 0.75 FL+I(min) = 2*0.9*1.67*3.4= 10.22t
F max = 98.6 + 283.8 = 382.4 t F min = 98.6 – 10.22 = 88.4 t
Note that: For case of N-truss, the maximum tension in the diagonal is
382.4t and the minimum tension is 88.4t. For case of W-truss, the
maximum compression in the diagonal is 382.4t and the minimum
compression is 88.4t.
Force in member (D 3): α = o
48 35
.
1
sin
1
=
α
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
22/29
42.0m
12.0 m
0.89
0.70
0.54
0.42
0.23
0.07
0.27
1.35
0.34
0.94
1.35
0.01
0.11
0.23
0.27
(+)
(+)
D
D3
h=
6 m
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
12.5t
6.25t
10t
3
Dead load
2
1
)
( =
−ve
A * 12 * 0.27 = 1.61
2
1
)
( =
+ve
A * 42 * 0.94 = 19.78
F d = 3.88 * (19.78 – 1.61) = 70.5 t
Live load
F L max = (2*6.25*0.34) + (3*12.5*0.89) + (4*10*0.7) + (2*6.25*0.54) +
(3*12.5*0.42) + (4*10*0.23) + (2*10*0.07) = 98.7 t
I max =
)
42
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0. 22 Imin =0.25
FL+I(max) = 2*0.9*1.25*98.7= 222.1t
F L min = (3*12.5*0.23) + (2*6.25*0.11) + (10*0.01) = 10.1t
I min =
)
12
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.5 FL+I (min) = 2*0.9*1.5*10.1= 27.3t
F max = 70.5 + 222.1= 292.6 t F min = 70.5 –27.3 = 43.2 t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
23/29
Note that: For both cases of N-truss and W-truss, the maximum tension
in the diagonal is 292.6 and the minimum tension is 43.2.
Force in member (V 1)
h=
6 m
U1
D1
1
V
1
V
1
D
1
U
For both cases of N and W-truss, the vertical is D1 sinα
So we have to calculate the force of D1
We can calculate D1 by 2 methods:
1- D1 cosα = U1 D1 =
α
cos
1
U
α = 0
48
48
cos
26
.
320
max
1 =
D = 478.74 t (tens.) 7
.
126
48
cos
8
.
84
min
1 =
=
D t (tens.)
V 1 = D 1 sinα =
α
cos
1
U
sinα = U 1 tan α
V 1 max = 320.26 tan α = 355.84 t (comp.)
V1 min = 84.8 tan α = 94.2(comp.)
OR using I.L. of diagonal D1
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
24/29
48.6 m
10t
12.5t
6.25t
0.63
1.21
1.17
0.98
0.81
0.69
0.5
0.33
0.15
0.03
h =6 m
5.4
10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
1.35
1.21
1
D
Dead load: )
2
54
*
21
.
1
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 126.7 t
Live load
f L = (2*6.25*0.63) + (3*12.5*1.17) + (4*10*0.98) + (2*6.25*0.81) +
(3*12.5*0.69) + (4*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.15) + (2*10*0.03)
= 156.75 t
I =
)
54
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.18 Not less than 0.25
FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*156.75 = 352.7 t (tension)
1
max
min
4
.
479
7
.
352
7
.
126
7
.
126
D
t
F
t
F
→
=
+
=
=
V 1 = D 1 sinα )
(
3
.
356
48
sin
*
4
.
479
1
.
94
48
sin
*
7
.
126
1
max
min
Comp
V
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
=
−
=
=
Gives the same answer as before
Force in member (V 2)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
25/29
V2
V2
h=
6 m
D2
• V2 for N-truss: V2 = D2*sin48
From previous: D 2-max = 382.4 t D 2-min = 88.4 t (tension)
V2-max = 382.4*sin48=284.2 t V2-min = 88.4*sin48=65.7 t
(compression)
• V2 for W-truss for Pony Bridge is zero member.
Force in member (V 3)
h=
6 m
D
V3 3
V3
• V3 for N-truss: V3 = D3*sin48
From previous: D 3-max = 292.6 t D 3-min = 43.2 t (tension)
D max = 292.6*sin48=217.4 t D min = 43.2*sin48=32.1 t (compression)
• V3 of W-truss for Pony Bridge is tension
)
2
8
.
10
*
1
(
*
88
.
3
=
d
F = 20.94 t (tens.)
Live load
F L = (6.25*0.31) + (12.5*0.63*2)
+ (12.5*1) + (10*0.07) = 30.9 t
0.07
0.63
1.00
0.63
0.31
10t
12.5t
6.25t
V3
10.8m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
26/29
I =
)
8
.
10
*
2
(
24
24
+
= 0.526
F L + I = 2*0.9*1.526*30.9= 84.9t
F d + L + I = 20.94 + 84.9 = 105.84 t (tens.) for pony
7
5
3
max
min
,
,
81
.
105
94
.
20
V
V
V
t
F
t
F
→
+
=
+
=
Example 2:
Find the maximum forces in the marked truss members for the shown
Deck bridge triple track L = 54 m, S = 5.4 m in the case of Warren truss
and the case of N-truss. (h=6.0m)
10*5.4=54
Solution: Dead load for the bridge:
WS = 2.7 (0.5 + 0.05 * 54) = 8.64 t / m/
2
3
*
6
.
0
2
64
.
8
+
=
d
W = 5.22 t / m/
Force in member (V 1)
V1 in both W-truss and N-truss is the same and equals to the reaction of
the truss. So we draw the I.L. of reaction of truss
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
27/29
54.0 m
R
R
0.96
0.82
0.70
0.61
12.5t
6.25t 10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t 10t 10t
V1
V1
1.0
0.35
0.21
0.13
0.01
0.47
Dead load: F d = (
2
1
* 1 * 54) * 5.22 = 140.9 t
Live load:
F L = (3*12.5*0.96) + (4*10*0.82) + (2*6.25*0.7) + (3*12.5*0.61) +
(4*10*0.47) + (2*10*0.35) + (2*10*0.21) + (2*10*0.13) + (10*0.01)
= 133.2 t
I =
)
54
*
3
(
24
24
+
= 0.13 I min= 0.25
F L + I = 3*0.8*1.25*133.2 = 399.6t
F d + L + I = 140.9 + 399.6 = 540.5 t
F min = 140.9 t F max =540.5 t
This is the same for the reaction.
i.e. the force used to design bearing is 540.5t
Force in member (V 2)
a- For W-truss:
V
2
10.8m
6.25t
12.5t 10t
0.31
0.63
1.00
0.63
0.07
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
28/29
The reaction is the load on the X.G. and the member is always
compression.
)
2
8
.
10
*
1
(
*
22
.
5
=
d
F = 28.2 t (tens.)
Live load
F L = (6.25*0.31) + (12.5*0.63*2)
+ (12.5*1) + (10*0.07) = 30.9 t
I =
)
8
.
10
*
3
(
24
24
+
= 0.42 F L + I = 3*0.8*1.42*30.9= 105.3t
F d + L + I = 28.2 + 105.3 = 133.5 t (Comp.) for deck
8
6
4
max
min
,
,
5
.
133
2
.
28
V
V
V
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
−
=
b- For N-truss:
10*5.4=54
V
D 2
1
From the unloaded joint (lower joint)
V2 = D1sinα , so we have to calculate the force in the diagonal D1
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Inf line and Loads 2009
29/29
48.6 m
10t
12.5t
6.25t
0.63
1.21
1.17
0.98
0.81
0.69
0.5
0.33
0.15
0.03
5.4
10t
10t
10t
10t
10t
12.5t
6.25t
1.35
1.21
1 2
D V
Dead load: )
2
54
*
21
.
1
(
*
22
.
5
=
d
F = 170.5 t
Live load
f L = (2*6.25*0.63) + (3*12.5*1.17) + (4*10*0.98) + (2*6.25*0.81) +
(3*12.5*0.69) + (4*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.15) + (2*10*0.03)
= 156.75 t
I =
)
54
*
3
(
24
24
+
= 0.13 Not less than 0.25
FL+I = 0.8*3*1.25*156.75 = 470.25 t (tension)
1
max
min
75
.
640
25
.
470
5
.
170
5
.
170
D
t
F
t
F
→
=
+
=
=
V 2 = D 1 sinα )
(
2
.
476
48
sin
*
75
.
640
7
.
126
48
sin
*
5
.
170
1
max
min
Comp
V
t
F
t
F
→
−
=
=
−
=
=
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
1/46
<15
Y
Y
X
X
/ o
Butt Weld
Gusset plate
Diagonal
member
Vertical
member
5
:
1
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
2/46
Design of truss members in Bridges
(As welded members)
b
b
t
t
b
1
2
2
3 b
h
t
t
Upper
Chord
Lower
Chord
Vertical
or
diagonal
t
t
h
G.PL
G.PL
10-20cm
fl
w
Gusst
plate
fl
b
Buckling lengths of members: ECP 58, 59 table 4.5
Some notes for table 4.5
• Single triangulated web system is W or N-truss.
• Compression chord effectively braced is for all verticals and
diagonals of Deck Bridge.
• Compression chord un-braced is for all verticals and diagonals of
Pony Bridge.
• Compression chord may be braced or un-braced for verticals and
diagonals of through bridge according to the suggested shape of
the upper bracing.
• For all buckling lengths see page 40
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
3/46
We have to study how to design truss member subjected to:
1- Compression only 2- Tension only 3- Moment & tension
4- Moment & Comp 5- Zero member 6- M only
(I) Design procedure of upper chord (compression member):
Assume stress for steel 44 f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2
Assume stress for steel 52 f ≈1.5 à 1.9 t / cm2
Calculate area =
f
Fmax ------ cm2
= 2 h t + b/
t
Take h =
15
12
15
12
length
→
=
→
S
Panel
ECP 129
Note: Panel length is the length of the member
Take b = (0.75 à 1) h for deck or through ECP 129
b = (1 à 1.25) h for pony bridge
b/
= b + 2 * (10 à 20 cm )
Applying the equation of area à get (t) = ---- cm
Note: If t ≥ 4 cm, use reduced Fy t≥1.2cm
Minimum thickness is 1.2cm for upper and lower chord because this
plate will be used as gusset plate at the position of connection. The
minimum thickness of gusset plate is 12 mm ECP 133.
• If the thickness "t" is very big, we can use box section or use stiffener
10-20 cm
t
t
h
b
C=10-20cm
t
b
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
4/46
(1) Check local buckling:
We must be sure that the section is not slender by applying the non-
compact conditions in the code.
y
F
t
b 64
≤ (Table 2-1 b) code p. 10 ( plate)
y
F
t
c 21
≤ (Table 2-1 c) code p. 11 (as cantilever of L – section)
y
F
t
h 30
≤ (Table 2-1 d) code p. 12 (as cantilever of T – section)
Note: IF
y
F
t
h 30
> so we can use "box section"
Then check that
y
F
t
h 64
≤
(1) Check Global buckling:
The limit of buckling "λ " ≤ 90 for railway ECP 51
x
in
in
r
l
=
λ = ---- ≤ 90
y
out
out
r
l
=
λ = ---- ≤ 90
To calculate r x , r y :
Calculate
t
b
ht
t
h
t
b
h
ht
y
/
/
2
)
5
.
0
(
)
5
.
0
*
2
(
+
+
+
=
v
Calculate I X = 2 *
12
3
th
+ 2 t h ( y
r
- 0.5 h) 2
+ b/
t ( y
r
- h – 0.5 t) 2
= --- cm4
I y = 2 t h (0.5 b + 0.5 t) 2
+
12
3
/
tb
= ---- cm4
Calculate A = b/
t + 2 h t &
A
I
r x
x = &
A
I
r
y
y =
Y
t
h
b
X X
Y
Y
b
t
t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
5/46
(2) Check compressive stresses
Actual stresses =
A
F
f I
L
d
ca
+
+
= = ---- t / cm2
≤ F C
Allowable stresses = F C = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5 2
max
λ for st. 44
F C = 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5 2
max
λ for st. 52
Important note: There is no check fatigue in the upper chord because
both the maximum and the minimum forces are compression.
II- Design procedure of lower chord (tension member):
Fatigue in tension members must be considered
How to consider fatigue?
)
1
(
max
min
max
T
T
F
F sr
−
= So we have to get Fsr from ECP 41
The member will be welded, so detail "B"
To calculate number of cycles Table 3.1b ECP40
Member description No Fs r
- Chord members (Class I) (L<10m) > 2 * 10 6
1.12
Double track
(D.T.)
2 * 10 5
2.80
web members
(vl.& diag.)
(Class II) single track (S.T.) 5 * 10 5
2.00
Double track
(D.T.)
5 * 10 5
2.00
web members
(carry load of
X.G. only)
(Class III)
single track (S.T.) > 2 * 10 6
1.12
Notes:
• For chord member: "L" is length of member and always < 10m
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
6/46
• If more that 2 tracks, we can use "n" of double tracks
• "n" = 2*105
is not in the table, so we have to calculate it from the
chart ECP 42.
• Class III means that the force in the vertical member calculated
from one X.G. and there is no affect of diagonals. (See marked
members)
Sub-divided W-Truss
Design procedure:
Take "b, h" as the upper chord
b/
= (1/2 2/3 ) * b
Assume
)
1
(
max
min
max
T
T
F
F sr
−
=
For st 44 Take smaller from F max or 1.6 t / cm2
=
Area
Tmax
For st 52 Take smaller from F max or 2.1 t / cm2
=
Area
Tmax
Get A = -- cm2
= 2 h t + 2 b/
t
Get t = -- cm tmin = 12mm t≤ 4 cm or use reduced Fy
(1) Check local buckling:
There is no check local buckling for
pure tension members.
b
1
2
2
3 b
h
t
t
Lower Chord
1
2
2
3 b
b =
y
X
X
y
Stiffener
h
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
7/46
(2) Check Global buckling:
x
in
in
r
l
=
λ = ---- ≤160
y
out
out
r
l
=
λ = ---≤ 160
Where
A
I
r x
in =
A
I
r
y
out =
And we have to calculate y to get Ix
(3) Check stresses:
Max. Stress à
A
Tmax = --- ≤ 1.6 t / cm2
or 2.1 t / cm2
Stress range à
A
F
F
A
T
T d
I
L
d −
=
− +
+
min
max = ---- Fsr
Note that: For case of railway, Tmax = Fd+L+I .
For case of roadway, Tmax = Fd +0.6 FL+I.
Note that: For lower chord, Fmin = Fd
(4) Check deflection: (roadway)
35
&
(railway)
30
d
l
≤ ECP 129
Note that: for lower chord: d = h + t
(III)- Design procedure of web members (compression members):
Assume f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2
st. 44
1.5 à 1.9 st. 52
Get Area =
f
force
Max
= --- cm2
= 2 bfl * tfl + b t w
Take "b" as chord members exactly
Get t w from
y
w F
t
b 64
≤ & t w ≥1.0 cm
t
t
b
Y
C
Y
x
x
Flange
Web
f
fl
b W
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
8/46
Applying the equation of area à Get bFL * tF L = --- cm2
Assume fl
t
20)
(10−
=
fl
b Get bFL& tFL
)
20
(
)
10
(
flange
.
It is preferable that b > bfl
(1) Check local buckling:
y
fl F
t
C 21
≤
y
w
fl
F
t
s
t
b 64
2
2
≤
−
−
(2) Check Global buckling:
Calculate Iout = 2
3
)
2
2
(
2
12
)
2
( fl
fl
fl
fl
w
x
t
b
t
b
t
b
t
I −
+
−
= (Buckling outside
is about the stronger axis)
12
*
2
fl
fl
y
b
t
I =
A = (b – 2 fl
t ) t w + 2 fl
flt
b
A
I
r x
x =
A
I
r
y
y =
y
in
in
r
l
=
λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90
≤
−−
=
=
y
out
out
r
l
λ
(y - y axis with inside plane) & (x-x axis with outside plane)
(3) Check stresses:
2
max
5
10
*
5
.
8
6
.
1 λ
−
−
≤
−−
=
=
Area
Force
fca Or 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5 2
max
λ
(4) Check deflection:
30
d
l
≤ For web member d = bfl
No check deflection for vertical members
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
9/46
(IV) Design procedure of web members (as tension members):
Assume −
−
−
=
−
=
max
min
max
1
T
T
F
F sr
y
F
58
.
0
≤ Get area =
max
max
F
T
--- cm2
Get b, t w, fl
t , fl
b as before. (No check local buckling)
If Area of flange is negative, so use minimum flange which is:
tfl = 10mm bfl = 6φ + tw (assume using M24 or M27)
- Check global buckling ≤
λ 160
- Check maximum stress = y
F
A
I
L
d
F
T
F 58
.
0
max
max ≤
+
+
=
=
- & stress range (fatigue). = sr
I
L
F
A
F
≤
+
Check deflection: 30
d
l
≤ For web member d = bfl
(V) Design procedure of zero members (web members):
Take
y
w F
t
b 64
≤ get t w = -- cm
Take t w = fl
t = --- 1.0 cm
Get fl
b by assuming that there is only one
row of bolts each side of the flange taking
bolts M24 , So fl
b 6d + t w + 2 s
Check local buckling
y
w
fl
F
t
s
t
b 64
2
2
≤
−
−
&
y
fl
w
fl
F
t
s
t
b 21
2
/
2
/
≤
−
−
Check global buckling:
y
in
in
r
l
=
λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90
≤
−−
=
=
y
out
out
r
l
λ
Check deflection: 30
b
l
fl
≤
b
<1.5d
bolt
Gusset
plate
tW
b
fl
t
f
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
10/46
(VI) Design procedure of zero members (lower chord):
Take "t" the bigger value of
y
F
t
h 64
≤
y
F
t
b
t
c 21
2
/
/
/
≤
≈
Where h, b, b/
are taken as other
chords.
- Check local buckling
- Check global buckling
y
in
in
r
l
=
λ ≤ 90 & 90
≤
=
y
out
out
r
l
λ
- Check deflection: (roadway)
35
&
(railway)
30
d
l
≤ ECP 129
Note that: for lower chord: d = h + t
(VII) Design vertical or diagonal subjected to tension and
compression at the same time:
Calculate Area from both tension and compression
a) Assume f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2
st. 44
1.5à 1.9 st. 52
Acomp =
f
force
n
compressio
Max
= --- cm2
b) Aten =
1
.
2
6
.
1
force
n
Max tensio
or
= --- cm2
Take bigger of Acomp and Aten
b is the same as the truss
Take
y
w F
t
b 64
≤ get t w = -- cm
Stiffener
b
c
h
c
b =(1
2
2
3
)b
t
X
X
y
y
10cm
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
11/46
A2 flanges = A – b*tw Assume bf = 20tf get bf and tf
Checks: 1) As compression member:
Check local buckling
y
w
fl
F
t
s
t
b 64
2
2
≤
−
−
&
y
fl
w
fl
F
t
s
t
b 21
2
/
2
/
≤
−
−
Check global buckling:
y
in
in
r
l
=
λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90
≤
−−
=
=
y
out
out
r
l
λ
Check stresses: c
F
A
≤
C
2) As tension member:
Check stresses: y
F
A
58
.
0
T
≤
Check deflection: 30
b
l
fl
≤
Check fatigue: fsr = sr
F
A
c
T
≤
−
− )
(
i.e. If the forces in the diagonal is as following:
Fd = 40 t(Comp) FL+I(max) = 120t (Comp) FL+I(min) = 50t (tens)
So Fmin = 50-40 = 10t (tens) Fmax = 120+40 = 160t (comp)
We have to design the member as compression member (160t) and check
as tension member (10t).
10/A
60/A
fsr
ft
fc
Check fatigue: fsr = sr
F
A
A
A
c
T
<
=
−
−
=
−
− 170
)
160
(
10
)
(
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
12/46
Summary of buckling lengths of members:
Table 4-5 ECP 58 and 59
1- Deck bridge:
• All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
• All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L
• For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L or 0.85(2L)
According to the shape of the lower bracing
L
1 L
3
Lower bracing of deck bridge
• For L1: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
• For L3: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85(2L)
2- Pony bridge
• All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 1.2L
• For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
• All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 2.54 δ
a
EI y
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
13/46
4
5
.
2 δ
a
EI
l y
out = a is spacing between X.G.
E = 2100 t / cm2
& a = X.G spacing
I y = y – y inertia of upper chord
=
δ Flexibility of U- frame (cm / t)
If not given
2
2
2
1
3
1
2
3 EI
d
EI
d
+
=
δ
I 1 = I X - X of vertical member I2 = IX – X of X.G
x
x
x
x
X.G.
Vertical
member
Important note: Incase of using U – Frame every X.G, all the verticals
will be subjected to moment due to C/100 and due to wind in addition to
the force from vertical loads which is tension or compression.
d
B
2
d1
y
y
Upper
Chord
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
14/46
3- Through bridge
a) If the upper bracing is as shown:
Upper bracing of through bridge
• All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
• All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L
• For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
b) If the upper bracing is as shown:
For All lower chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
Upper chord: For U1 : Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L
For U2 : Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85(2L)
M.G.
Plan of upper bracing
V
1
V
2
V
3 V
4 V
5
D
1
D
2
D
3
D
4
D
5
u1
u2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
15/46
Verticals and diagonals
For V1, D1, V2, D2, V4, D4 the compression chord is
effectively braced Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L
For V3, D3, the compression chord is not braced
Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 1.2L
Design of members subjected to moment
Design procedure of Verticals of pony bridge:
M Only
All verticals
(M+N)
(M+T)
Always all verticals of Pony Bridge subjected to moment in addition
to the main force from cases of loading.
Mx of pony = h
F
*
100
max where h = hmg -
2
xg
h
Mx of wind = (0.1S*0.5)*
2
2
h
where "S" is spacing between X.G.
F
100
h
max F
100
max
C.L. of X.G.
VL
of
pony
bridge
C.L. of X.G.
VL
of
pony
bridge
M1
M
2
The moment is outside the plan.(about x-axis of the vertical member)
Fmax is the maximum compression force in the upper chord. (The force in
the upper chord at mid span of truss)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
16/46
Note that: The effect of h
F
*
100
max and wind is case "B"
Procedures:
(1) If the member is subjected to M + N:
a- Estimate section: "b" of the whole truss or ≈
15
12 −
S
For web:
y
w F
t
b 64
=
For flange: Force =
3
N
b
M x
+ (comp)
Assume F max = 1.5 t / cm2
for st. 44 & 2.0 t / cm2
for st.52)
Af =
max
F
Force
= bfl tfl complete as before
Note that: We can estimate the section as previous in case of web
member subjected to pure compression & decrease the assumed stress.
b- Check member as pure compression member for case "A"
- Local buckling
- Global buckling ≤ 90
- C
ca F
f <
c- Check member as beam – column (subjected to moment & normal)
for case "B"
2
.
1
1 ≤
+ A
F
f
F
f
bcx
bcx
C
ca
Where C
ca F
&
f from previous step "b"
y
I
M
f
out
bcx
max
= [
2
b
y
&
I
is
I X
out = ]
N/2 M
M
N
x
b
N/2
b tW
t
f
b
Y
C
fl
Y
x
x
x
M
b
x
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
17/46
in
b
l
L −
≈
act
u of member (important)
Because the moment is outside plan, so L.T.B is inside plan.
Calculate L u max then F bcx
bigger
smaller
M
M
=
α = zero C b = 1.75
If 15
.
0
1
≤
C
ca
F
f
A 1 = 1
If 15
.
0
1
>
C
ca
F
f
EX
ca
F
f
A
−
=
1
85
.
0
1
Where
2
7500
x
EX
F
λ
= out
is
x
λ
Note: The moment rotates about the stronger axis
- Check using interaction equation
2
.
1
1 ≤
+ A
F
f
F
f
bcx
bcx
C
ca
(2) If the member is subjected to M + T:
a - Estimate section as before (web subjected to pure tension) using
y
sr
F
T
T
F
F 58
.
0
1
max
min
max ≤
−
=
Or Force in the critical flange =
3
T
b
M x
+ (tens) Afl =
max
max
F
T
b - Check member as pure Tension
- Global buckling ≤ 160
- ft ≤ 0.58 F y
- fsr ≤ Fsr
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
18/46
No check deflection because it is vertical member
c -Check using interaction equation as member subjected to M & T
2
.
1
≤
+
btx
btx
t
t
F
f
F
f
ft as before =
Area
Tmax
, F t = 0.58 F y
y
I
M
f
X
btx = Where I X = I out & y =
2
b
Fbtx = 0.58 F y (always because there is no. L.T.B in tension side)
d- Check fatigue:
Fmax – Fmin ≤ Fsr
Fmax = y
I
M
A
T
out
*
max
+ M is Mw + h
C
*
100
max
Cmax = CD+L+I
Fmin = y
I
M
A
T
out
*
min
+ M is h
C
*
100
min
Cmin = CD
CD and CD+L+I are of upper chord at mid span of truss.
DO Not take the effect of wind in studying fatigue
(3) If the member is subjected to M only
a - Estimate section as web zero member (zero member) use b of
truss, t w = 1 cm, b f (min.) = 6φ + 2s + t w (s is size of weld ≈1cm)
t f (min.) = 1 cm.
b - Check as zero member
- Local buckling
- Global buckling < 90
- No check deflection because it is vertical member
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
19/46
c – Check y
I
M
X
X
(I X = I out & y =
2
b
) ≤ F bcx * 1.2 where F bcx is
calculated using in
b
act
u l
≈
L & L u max (C b = 1.75).
Design procedure of Vertical of through bridge forming the closed
portal frame:
The member is subjected to
either tension and moment
or compression and
moment.
a- Estimate the section as before (section subjected to moment and
compression or moment and tension).
b- Check the member as pure compression or pure tension (case A)
- To calculate buckling lengths:
Buckling inside: From table of code for web members lin = 0.7l
Buckling outside: The vertical member forms portal frame outside plan,
so lout is calculated using GA and GB.
GA =
xg
xg
v
v
l
I
l
I
/
/
GB =
beam
beam
v
v
l
I
l
I
/
/
Lxg is the width of the bridge = Lbeam
Ibeam is the Ix of the horizontal beam.
Note that: Buckling inside and outside of all other verticals and
diagonals is from table of code.
The frame is allowed to sway: Cmx = 0.85
First vertical
(M+N) (M+T)
CL of upper beam
CL of XG
Vl
of
truss
2h/3
h/3
R
u
M
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
20/46
5
.
0
+
=
=
bigger
smaller
M
M
α Cb = 1.75 + 1.05*0.5+0.3*(0.5)2
= 2.35, taken
2.3
c- Check as beam column (case B)
Design procedure of diagonal of through bridge forming the open
portal frame:
The member is subjected to compression
and moment.
a- Estimate the section as before
using the same section of the upper chord.
b- Check the member as pure compression (case A)
a. To calculate buckling lengths:
Buckling inside: From table of code for web members lin = 0.7l
Buckling outside: The diagonal forms portal frame outside plan, so lout is
calculated using GA and GB.
GA = 10 (hinged base)
GB =
beam
beam
dl
dl
l
I
l
I
/
/
Lbeam is the width of the bridge
Ibeam is the Ix of the horizontal
beam.
Note that: Buckling inside and outside of all other verticals and
diagonals is from table of code.
The frame is allowed to sway: Cmx = 0.85
First diagonal
(M+N)
CL of upper beam
Vl
of
truss
L(inclined distance)
R
u
R /2
u R /2
u
M
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
21/46
0
=
=
bigger
smaller
M
M
α Cb = 1.75
c- Check as beam column (case B)
Summary of all previous:
1. For deck bridge:
- All the members of the truss are subjected to either tension
or compression only (NO moment)
- lin & lout of members are from table in Code ECP 58&59
2. For pony bridge:
- All members of the truss are subjected to either tension or
compression except verticals.
- All verticals are subjected to moment in addition to actual
tension or compression.
M = 0.1*0.4 S * h2
/2 + h
C
*
100
max
where h = hMG -
2
XG
h
- Buckling length of all members are from ECP 58&59 except
upper chord.
- Buckling length of upper chord is 4
5
.
2 δ
S
EI y
3. For through bridge:
• If there is inclined frame, so the section of the first inclined
diagonal is the same as the upper chord.
- All the members subjected to either tension or compression
except vertical or diagonal forming the portal frame.
Vertical: M = Ru/2 * 2/3 h Ru of loaded case
Horizontal: M = Ru/2 * l Ru of loaded case
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
22/46
Lin & lout for all members are from ECP 58&59 except for vertical
or diagonal forming portal frame. We use GA & GB
For vertical: GA =
xg
xg
v
v
l
I
l
I
/
/
GB =
beam
beam
v
v
l
I
l
I
/
/
For diagonal: GA = 10 (hinged base) GB =
beam
beam
dl
dl
l
I
l
I
/
/
Very important note;
b is constant for whole of the truss. So before design we must check if
any section is given in the exam, we must take "b" from it
Solved Example 1:
Deck bridge as shown, h of truss = 4m, St.44, single track
U4 U
3
U
1
V
1
d
1
V
2
d
2
V3
d
3
V
4
d4
V5
L
1
L
2
L
3
R=241t 5.0m
40.0m
L
4
2
U
The forces in the shown members are given in the following table:
Member Maximum Minimum Member Maximum Minimum
V2 -96 -15 D1 +352 +78
U3 -515 -113 D2 -260 -46
L2 +418 +90 D3 +181 -2
L4 +553 +119 D4 -110 0
It is required to design U3, U4, L4, V1 and D3
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
23/46
Solution:
Design (U 3 &, U4 ): They have the same force
h =
15
12
500
→
= 41.7 ≈
→ 3
.
33 40 cm
For deck bridge b ≈(0.75→1)* 40
= 30 →40 cm ≈36 cm
Assume f = 1.2 à 1.5 for st. 44
A =
2
.
1
515
= 429.2 cm2
Taking b/
≈36 + 2*(10 à 20) = 56 à76 ≈60 cm
So A = 429.2 = (2 * 40 + 60) * t t = 3.07 cm ≈3.2 cm
• Check local buckling
Taking weld size ≈1 cm
8
.
2
64
6
.
10
2
.
3
1
*
2
36
≤
=
−
=
t
b
= 38.2
8
.
2
21
4
.
2
2
.
3
1
2
.
3
12
≤
=
−
−
=
t
c
= 12.5
8
.
2
30
2
.
12
2
.
3
1
40
≤
=
−
=
t
h
= 17.9
• Check global buckling
)
2
.
3
*
60
(
)
2
*
2
.
3
*
40
(
)
6
.
41
*
2
.
3
*
60
(
)
2
*
20
*
2
.
3
*
40
(
+
+
=
y = 29.3 cm
]
2
*
12
40
*
2
.
3
[
3
=
x
I + [3.2*40*(29.3-20)2
*2] + [3.2*60*(29.3-41.6)2
]
= 85322 cm4
]
12
60
*
2
.
3
[
3
=
y
I + [2*3.2*40*(18+1.6)2
] = 155945 cm4
A = (3.2 * 2 * 40) + (60 * 3.2) = 448 cm2
3.2 cm
y
3.2
40
36
X X
Y
29.3
cm
12
60
Y
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
24/46
488
85322
=
x
r = 13.8 cm &
488
155945
=
y
r = 18.7 cm
Deck bridge (upper) in
l = 0.85 l & out
l = 0.85 l
90
8
.
30
8
.
13
500
*
85
.
0
≤
=
=
in
λ 90
7
.
22
7
.
18
500
*
85
.
0
≤
=
=
out
λ
• Check stress
16
.
1
448
515
=
=
ca
f t / cm2
≤ F C = 1.6 – 8.5*10-5
* 30.82
= 1.52 t / cm2
Safe but waste Try smaller thickness 2.6 cm
Design (L 4 ) Lower tension
h = 40 cm & b = 36 cm
36
*
)
3
2
2
1
(
/
→
=
b = 18 à 24 cm ≈ 20 cm
Chord, L<10m n=over 2,000,000
Detail B Fsr = 1.12 t / cm2
553
119
1
12
.
1
max
−
=
F = 1.43 t / cm2
< 1.6 t / cm2
1.43 =
A
553
get A = 386.7 cm2
= (2*20 + 2*40) * t
Get t = 3.22 cm ≈ 3.4 cm
• Check global buckling
)
4
.
3
*
40
*
2
(
)
4
.
3
*
20
*
2
(
)
4
.
23
*
4
.
3
*
40
*
2
(
)
7
.
1
*
20
*
4
.
3
*
2
(
+
+
=
y = 16.2 cm
A = 408 cm2
]
2
*
12
40
*
4
.
3
[
3
=
x
I + [3.4*40*2*(16.2-1.7)2
] + [3.4*20*2(16.2- 23.4)2
]
= 100505 cm4
36
40
t
3.4
Y
Y
X X
20
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
25/46
]
2
*
12
20
*
4
.
3
[
3
=
y
I + [3.4*20*2*(
2
4
.
3
2
36
+ ) 2
] + [3.4*40*2(18+1.7)2
]
= 162874 cm4
408
100505
=
x
r = 15.7 cm &
408
162874
=
y
r = 20 cm
Take in
l = 0.85 l & out
l (from lower bracing)
Assume the lower bracing is as shown below:
Plan of suggested lower bracing
L 3 4
and L
160
1
.
27
7
.
15
500
*
85
.
0
≤
=
=
in
λ 160
5
.
42
20
500
*
85
.
0
*
2
≤
=
=
out
λ
• Check stress
6
.
1
36
.
1
408
553
.
max
≤
=

 →
 t / cm2
12
.
1
06
.
1
408
119
553
.
≤
=
−


 →

fatique
t /cm2
30
52
.
11
4
.
3
40
500
≤
=
+



 →

Deflection
Design (V 1): Web member comp:
Assume f = 1.1 à 1.4 = 1.1 t / cm2
=
A
241
A = 219 cm2
b = 36 cm
8
.
2
64
36
≤
w
t
= 38.2
t w = 0.94 ≈1.0 cm
A = 219 = (36 * 1) + (2 fl
b fl
t ) fl
b fl
t = 91.5 cm2
28
1.0
3.2
36
29.6
Y
Y
X
X
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
26/46
Take fl
b ≈ 10 fl
t à fl
t = 3.02 ≈ 3.2 cm fl
b =
2
.
3
5
.
91
≈ 28 cm
1. Check local buckling
Taking size of weld s ≈ 1.0 cm
8
.
2
21
9
.
3
2
.
3
1
2
/
1
2
/
28
≤
=
−
−
=
fl
t
c
= 12.5
8
.
2
64
6
.
27
0
.
1
1
*
2
2
.
3
*
2
36
≤
=
−
−
=
w
t
b
= 38
2. Check global buckling
12
6
.
29
*
1 3
=
x
I + 2*3.2*28*(18-1.6)2
= 50359 cm4
12
28
*
2
.
3
*
2
3
=
y
I = 11708 cm4
A = (1*29.6) + (2*28*3.2) = 209 cm2
209
50359
=
x
r = 15.5 cm &
209
11708
=
y
r = 7.5 cm
In deck bridge in
l = 0.70 l & out
l = 0.85 l
90
37
)
5
.
7
(
400
*
70
.
0
≤
=
=
y
in
r
λ 90
22
)
5
.
15
(
400
*
85
.
0
≤
=
=
x
out
r
λ
3. Check stress
15
.
1
209
241
=
=
ca
f t / cm2
≤ F c = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5
* 372
= 1.48 t / cm2
Design (D 3): Web member tension
Fmax= +181t Fmin= -2t
Web member (diagonal), do not carry floor reaction only (class II)
Single track n=500,000 Detail B Fsr = 2 t / cm2
Note that: If double tracks, so n=200,000 Fsr = 2.8 t / cm2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
27/46
181
2
1
0
.
2
max
−
−
=
F = 1.98 > 1.6 t / cm2
So 1.6 =
A
181
∴ A = 113 cm2
, b = 36 cm
8
.
2
64
36
≤
w
t
= 38.2 t w = 0.94 ≈ 1.0 cm
We used local buckling because this member will be subjected to
compression.
A = 113 = (36 * 1) + (2 fl
b fl
t ) ∴ fl
b fl
t = 38.5 cm2
Taking fl
b ≈ 10 fl
t à fl
t = 1.96 = 2.0 cm & fl
b =
2
5
.
38
≈ 20 cm
1 - Check global buckling
12
32
*
1 3
=
x
I + 2*20*2*(18-1)2
= 25851 cm4
12
20
*
2
*
2
3
=
y
I = 2667 cm4
& A = 1 * 32 + 2 * 20 * 2 = 112 cm2
112
25851
=
x
r = 15.2 cm &
112
2667
=
y
r = 4.9 cm
in
l = 0.70 l & out
l = 0.85 l (deck) & 2
2
5
4 +
=
l = 6.4 m
160
91
)
9
.
4
(
640
*
70
.
0
≤
=
=
=
y
in
r
λ 160
36
)
2
.
15
(
640
*
85
.
0
≤
=
=
=
x
out
r
λ
2 - Check stress
6
.
1
61
.
1
112
181
.
max
≈
=

 →
 t / cm2
20
1.0
2.0
36
32
Y
Y
X
X
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
28/46
0
.
2
65
.
1
112
)
2
(
181
.
≤
=
−
−


 →

fatique
t / cm2
30
32
20
640
.
>
=



 →

Deflection
Use bfl = 22cm and recheck
• Since the minimum force in the member is compression, so we
must check this member on "2t"
Local buckling: Taking size of weld s ≈ 1.0 cm
8
.
2
21
3
.
4
2
1
2
/
1
2
/
20
≤
=
−
−
=
fl
t
c
=12.5
8
.
2
64
30
0
.
1
1
*
2
2
*
2
36
≤
=
−
−
=
w
t
b
= 38
• Global buckling 90
91 ≈
=
in
λ & 90
36 ≤
=
out
λ O.K.
02
.
0
112
2
=
=
ca
f t / cm2
≤ 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5
* 912
= 0.9 O.K.
Solved Example 2:
Pony bridge as shown, h of truss = 5.5m, St.44, single track
5.5 m
10*5.5=55 m
3.9 m
J1
-945t -985t
+
1
4
4
t
-
7
6
t
-220t
-198t
Joint1
5.5 m
5.5 m
It is required to design the upper chord and vertical member at joint J1
Take b = 420 mm δ = 0.12 cm / t
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
29/46
Solution:
(1) Upper chord: F = 985 t (comp.)
Assume F C = 1.3 t / cm2
3
.
1
985
=
g
A = 757.7 cm2
Choose 45
15
12
550
≈
→
=
h cm
Take b u = 42 + 20 = 62 cm
757.7 = (2 * 45 + 62) t t = 4.98 cm ≈ 5.0 cm
Check local buckling:
8
.
2
64
8
5
1
*
2
42
≤
=
=
−
t
b
= 38 O.K.
8
.
2
21
8
.
0
5
1
5
)
2
42
62
(
≤
=
−
−
−
= 22.5 O.K.
8
.
2
30
8
.
8
5
1
45
≤
=
−
=
t
h
= 17.9 O.K.
)
5
*
62
(
)
2
*
5
*
45
(
)
5
.
47
*
5
*
62
(
)
2
*
5
.
22
*
5
*
45
(
+
+
=
y = 32.7 cm
A = 62 * 5 + 45 * 2 * 5 = 760 cm2
12
45
*
5
[
3
=
x
I +5*45*(32.7-22.5)2
]*2 + [62*5*(47.5-32.7)2
] = 191304 cm4
]
12
62
*
5
[
2
*
]
)
2
5
2
42
(
*
5
*
45
[
3
2
+
+
=
y
I = 348753 cm4
760
191304
=
x
r = 15.87cm &
760
348753
=
y
r = 21.42 cm
bx
bin l
l = = 0.85 * 550 = 467.5 cm
4 12
.
0
*
550
*
348753
*
2100
5
.
2
=
= by
bout l
l = 1172.2 cm
5
45
42
Y
32.7
62
5
5
X X
y
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
30/46
87
.
15
5
.
467
=
x
λ = 29.47
42
.
21
2
.
1172
=
y
λ = 54.72 < 90
t > 4cm F c = 1.5-7.5*10-5
54.722
= 1.275 t / cm2
760
985
=
c
f = 1.296 t / cm2
> 1.275 t / cm2
Unsafe
Increase dimensions and recheck
(2)Vertical member:
Since this is Pony Bridge, so the vertical is subjected to bending
moment
The maximum force of vertical can be calculated from diagonal.
.)
(
102
)
45
sin
144
(
sin
max
max comp
F
F d −
=
−
=
−
= α
.)
(
54
)
45
sin
76
(
sin
min
min tens
F
F d +
=
−
−
=
−
= α
For (S.T.), class (II) (do not carry X.G. only) n = 500.000
Fsr = 2.0 t / cm2
M add =
100
1
F max (max. comp. force in upper chord) * h/
(HM.G – HX.G/2)
h = 5.5 – 0.7/2 = 5.15m
M add (max) =
100
1
* 985 * 5.15 + 0.1*5.5*0.5*
2
15
.
5 2
= 53.6 m t
M add (min) =
100
1
* 220 * 5.15 = 11.33 m t
Since the member is subjected to both tension and compression, so we
have to check the vertical twice.
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
31/46
• Design as M + N:
8
.
2
64
42
=
w
t
à t w = 1.1 cm t w = 1.2 cm
Force in flange =
42
5360
2
102
+ = 178 cm2
Assume f = 1.2 t / cm2
f
f t
b
∴ =
2
.
1
178
= 157 cm2
Assume b = 10 t 10 t2
= 157
t = 4 cm & b = 40 cm
I y (inside) = 2 * 4 *
12
403
= 42667 cm4
I X (outside) = 1.2 *
12
343
+ 2 * 40 * 4 * 2
)
2
34
2
4
( + = 119450 cm4
A = 2 * 40 * 4 + 34 * 1.2 = 360.8 cm2
8
.
360
42667
=
in
r = 10.9cm &
8
.
360
119450
=
y
r = 18.2 cm
• Check local buckling:
8
.
2
64
7
.
26
2
.
1
2
34
<
=
−
=
w
w
t
h
= 38
8
.
2
21
6
.
4
4
1
2
/
2
.
1
2
/
40
<
=
−
−
=
f
t
C
= 12.5
• Check global buckling:
90
35
9
.
10
550
*
7
.
0
<
=
=
in
λ 90
3
.
36
2
.
18
550
*
2
.
1
<
=
=
out
λ
• Check stresses:
F C = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5
* (36.3)2
= 1.49 t / cm2
8
.
360
102
=
ca
f = 0.28 t / cm2
< 1.49 t / cm2
42
Y
Y
X
X
4.0
40
34*1.2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
32/46
• Check as beam-column
2
3
.
36
7500
=
EX
F = 5.69 t / cm2
49
.
1
28
.
0
=
C
ca
F
f
= 0.19 > 0.15
69
.
5
28
.
0
1
85
.
0
A 1
−
=
∴ = 0.89 take A 1 = 1
L U act = L in = 0.7 * 550 = 385 cm α = zero c b = 1.75
8
.
2
40
*
20
max
u =
L = 478 cm or 75
.
1
*
8
.
2
*
42
4
*
40
*
1380
= 3286 cm > 385
bcx
F
∴ = 0.58 F y = 1.6 t / cm2
1
*
6
.
1
2
42
*
119450
5360
49
.
1
28
.
0
+ = 0.78 < 1.2 Waste
Decrease b, try flange 30 * 3 cm (Better to assume f = 1.5 t / cm2
from
the estimation)
• Check for case of M + T
λ < 160
8
.
360
54
=
t
f = 0.15 t / cm2
< 1.6 t / cm2
(case A)
2
42
*
119450
5360
=
btx
f = 0.94 t / cm2
6
.
1
94
.
0
6
.
1
15
.
0
+ = 0.68 < 1.2 (case B)
Check deflection:
fl
b
l
=
40
550
= 13.75 < 30
Check fatigue: Mfatigue= 15
.
5
*
985
*
100
1
= 50.7 mt (without wind)
F max =
8
.
360
54
+
2
42
*
119450
5070
= 0.15+ 0.89 = 1.04 t / cm2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
33/46
2
42
*
119450
1139
8
.
360
102
min +
−
=
F = - 0.08 t / cm2
F max – Fmin = 1.04 – (- 0.08)
= 1.12 t / cm2
< 2 t / cm2
Web member single track,
n = 500000, detail "B"
Solved Example 3:
Through bridge single track, with span 78 m. Spacing between X.G. is 6
m & of depth 0.8 m. Steel used is st 52. Width of bridge is 5.5 m.
It is required to design the marked members.
7.5
Inclined portal frame
6m
78m
M
M
4
M
M2
1
3
Solution:
D.L.: W S = 0.9 * (0.75 + 0.05 * 78) = 4.185 t / m/
2
6
.
0
2
185
.
4
+
=
DL
W = 2.39 t / m/
For Member M 1:
6
5
.
7
tan 1
−
=
α = 510
10
0.35
0.55
0.67
1.16
1.19
0.72
1.03
0.92
12.5
6.25
6.25
12.5
12.5
10
6.25
10
10
10
10
6.25
12.5
12.5
12.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
0.15
10
10
10
0.03
10
10
0.84
M
C
min
max
T
M
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
34/46
1- Dead load: F D =
2
1 * 78 * 1.19 * 2.39 = 111 t
2- Live load:
F L = 6.25 * 2 * 0.67 + 12.5 * 3 * 1.16 + 40 * 1.03 + 6.25 * 2 * 0.92 + 3 *
12.5 * 0.84 + 40 * 0.72 + 40 * (0.55 + 0.35 + 0.13) + 10 * 0.03 = 205.2 t
78
24
24
+
=
I = 0.23 take I = 0.25
F L+I = 205.2 * 1.25 = 256.5 t
From Wind: The diagonal is subjected to
moment as a member in the inclined open
portal frame.
W upper (loaded) = 0.1 [0.4 *
2
5
.
7
+ 0.4 *
2.45] = 0.25 t / m/
R U (loaded) = 0.25 *
2
78
= 9.75 t
Note that: Loaded case is critical when design the diagonal while un-
loaded case is critical when design upper bracing & the horizontal beam.
2
2
6
5
.
7 +
=
l = 9.6 m
M =
2
75
.
9
* 9.6 = 46.8 m t (case B)
Design of Member M 1:
For the whole truss; assume b =
12
600
= 50 cm
F D = 111 t & F L+I = 256.5 t & Ftot = 367.5 t (compression)
M wind = 46.8 m t & l inclined = 9.6 m
7.5
1.8m
For Upper bracing
0.1
0.1
2.45
3.75
0.8
CL of upper beam
Vl
of
truss
9.6
9.75
M
4.875 4.875
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
35/46
The diagonal will be in the shape of π - section (same shape of the
section of upper chord)
Assume f = 1.0 t / cm2
(We do not assume f = 1.8 t / cm2
because the
member is subjected to moment with normal force)
0
.
1
5
.
256
111+
=
A = 367.5 cm2
b /
= 50 + 20 = 70 cm
Assume h = b = 50 cm (2 * 50 + 70) t = 367.5
t = 2.2 cm
Check local buckling =
6
.
3
30
7
.
22
2
.
2
50
>
= = 15.8
We can either increase thickness
t
50
=15.8 t = 3.2 cm
Or use stiffness as shown and take t = 2.2 cm
Check local buckling:
6
.
3
21
54
.
4
2
.
2
10
<
=
=
t
c
= 11.1
6
.
3
30
54
.
4
2
.
2
10
/
<
=
=
t
c
= 15.8
6
.
3
64
7
.
22
2
.
2
50
<
=
=
t
b
= 33.73
6
.
3
64
2
.
18
2
.
2
40
/
<
=
=
t
h
= 33.73
Check global buckling:
A = (70 + 2 * 50 + 2 * 10) * 2.2 = 418 cm2
418
)]
40
2
.
2
(
*
10
*
2
)
25
2
.
2
(
*
50
*
2
2
2
.
2
*
0
[7
.2
2 +
+
+
+
=
y
v
= 19.16 cm
40
50
70
50 10
t=22mm
t=22mm
b
b
h h
c
c
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
36/46








−
+
+
−
+
=
= 2
3
2
3
in )
16
.
19
2
.
27
(
*
50
*
2
.
2
12
50
*
2
.
2
2
)
2
2
.
2
16
.
19
(
*
2
.
2
*
70
12
2
.
2
*
70
I
Ix
+ 2








−
+ 2
3
)
16
.
19
2
.
42
(
*
2
.
2
*
10
12
2
.
2
*
10
= 133720cm4








+
+
+
+
=
=
12
10
*
2
.
2
)
2
2
.
2
25
(
*
2
.
2
*
50
12
2
.
2
*
50
2
12
70
*
2
.
2 3
2
3
3
out
y I
I
+ 2 [ ]
2
)
5
2
.
2
25
(
*
10
*
2
.
2 +
+ = 258826 cm4
r x =
418
133720
= 17.9 cm r y =
418
258826
= 24.9 cm
in
l = 0.7 * 9.6 = 6.72 m
out
l = Since the diagonal is a member in the portal frame, so out
l will
be calculated using GA and GB. So we have to know section of
horizontal beam.
- To estimate the beam of the upper bracing, the critical case is the
un-loaded case because this beam carries wind only.
W upper (unloaded) = 0.2 * 0.4 *
2
5
.
7
* 2 = 0.6 t / m/
R U = 0.6 *
2
78
= 23.4 t M un-loaded =
2
4
.
23
* 9.6 = 112.32 m t
CL of upper beam
Vl
of
truss
9.6
23.4
M
11.7 11.7
7.5m
1.8m
0.8
For Upper bracing
3.75
0.2 0.2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
37/46
Assume f = 2.1 t / cm2
1
.
2
11232
=
∴ X
S = 5350 cm3
Choose H E B 600 or B.U.S Note
2
550
L act
U = = 275 cm
Or assume upper horizontal beam is HEB 600 (Always if open frame)
GA = 10 (hinged base) GB = 87
.
0
5
.
5
/
171000
6
.
9
/
258826
= K = 1.8
Note: we used I y because it is I out
90
5
.
37
9
.
17
672
<
=
=
in
λ 90
3
.
71
9
.
24
960
*
85
.
1
<
=
=
out
λ
(1) Check stresses:
F C = 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5
* (71.3)2
= 1.41 t / cm2
418
5
.
367
=
ca
f = 0.88 t / cm2
< 1.41 t / cm2
O.K. Safe
• For effect of moment due to wind: (case B)
I out = 258826 cm4
rout = 24.9 cm out
λ = 79.3
For Π - Section There is no LTB bcx
F
∴ = 0.58Fy = 2.1 t / cm2
41
.
1
88
.
0
=
C
ca
F
f
= 0.62 > 0.15 &
2
y
E
3
.
71
7500
)
( =
out
F = 1.47 t / cm2
47
.
1
88
.
0
1
85
.
0
A 1
−
=
∴ = 2.12 (too large because fca is too large)
fbcx = 63
.
0
35
*
258826
4680
= t / cm2
Using interaction equation:
1
.
2
*
1
.
2
63
.
0
62
.
0 + 2 = 1.26 > 1.2 (case B) Use t = 2.4cm
If we want to check for the unloaded case: (NOT CRITICAL)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
38/46
418
111
=
ca
f = 0.27 t / cm2
41
.
1
27
.
0
=
C
ca
F
f
= 0.19 > 0.15
2
y
E
3
.
71
7500
)
( =
out
F = 1.47 t / cm2
41
.
1
27
.
0
1
85
.
0
A 1
−
=
∴ = 1.05
M un-loaded = 112.32 mt fbcx = 52
.
1
35
*
258826
11232
= t / cm2
Using interaction equation:
05
.
1
*
1
.
2
52
.
1
19
.
0 + = 0.95 < 1.2 (case B) (Not critical)
• Design of Member M 2:
The member is subjected to tension only
F D =
2
1 * 12 * 1.0 * 2.39 = 14.34 t
F L = 12.5 (1 + 2 * 0.67) + 10 * 0.17
+ 6.25 (0.375 + 0.083) = 33.8 t (tension)
12
24
24
+
=
I = 0.67
F L+I = 33.9 *1.67 = 56.6 t
Ftotal = 14.34 + 56.6 = 70.95 t
b = 50 cm (as in diagonal)
Truss vertical carry floor beam reaction only (class III) Single track
n = Over 2*106
detail B F sr = 1.12 t / cm2
95
.
70
34
.
14
1
12
.
1
max
−
=
F = 1.4 t / cm2
> 2.1 t / cm2
(0.58 F y)
4
.
1
95
.
70
=
∴ A = 50.7 cm2
Take t w = 1 cm
50
Y
Y
X
X
20
1.0
48*1.0
0.17
0.083
0.67
0.67
1.00
0.375
6.25
12.5
12.5
6.25
12.5
10
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
39/46
f
f t
b
2
∴ = 50.7 – 50 * 1≈ zero
b min = 6 ϕ + t w + 2 S
For M27 and size of weld 1cm, bmin = 20cm
So take minimum f
b = 20 cm & f
t = 1 cm
in
I = 2 * 1*
12
203
= 1333.3 cm4
12
483
=
out
I *1 + 2 * 20 * ( 2
)
2
48
2
1
+ = 33226 cm4
A = 20 * 1 * 2 + 48 * 1 = 88 cm2
88
3
.
1333
=
in
r = 3.9 cm &
88
33226
=
out
r = 19.43 cm
l = 7.5 m in
l = 0.7 * 7.5 = 5.25 m
out
l = 0.85 * 7.5 = 6.375 m (Supported on upper bracing)
160
135
9
.
3
525
<
=
=
in
λ & 160
33
43
.
19
5
.
637
<
=
=
out
λ
Check stresses:
88
95
.
70
=
t
f = 0.81 t/cm2
< 2.1 t /cm2
64
.
0
88
34
.
14
95
.
70
=
−
=
sr
f t /cm2
< 1.12 t /cm2
For verticals: no check deflection
• Design of member M3:
For x = zero
F = tan-1
= 7.5/6 = 51.30
Fmin= 111*cos51.3=69.3t (Tension)
FL+I= 256.5*cos51.3=160t (Tension)
FL+I+D = 69.3+160=229.3 t
Stiffener
c
X
X
y
y
10cm
50
25
50 12
1.2
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
40/46
We may use stiffener or not
in
l = 0.85 * 6 = 510 m & out
l = 0.85* 6 = 510 m
Complete as before
• Design of member M4: (zero members)
(1)
6
.
3
64
50
=
w
t
t w = 1.5 cm
Take t w = t f = 1.5 cm
b min = 6 ϕ + t w + 2 S Assume M 27
b min = 6 * 2.7 + 1.5+ 2 * 1 = 19.7 cm,
take 20 cm
6
.
3
21
5
.
5
5
.
1
1
2
/
5
.
1
2
/
20
<
=
−
−
=
f
t
c
= 11.1
Check global buckling
in
l = 0.7 * 7.5 = 5.25 m
lout is according to the shape of the upper bracing
Assume out
l = 0.85 * 7.5 = 6.375 m
in
I = 2 * 1.5 *
12
203
= 2000 cm4
12
47
*
5
.
1
3
=
out
I + 2 * 20 * 1.5 ( 2
)
2
47
2
5
.
1
+
= 48262 cm4
A = 20 * 1.5 * 2 + 47 * 1.5 = 130.5 cm2
5
.
130
2000
=
in
r = 3.9 cm
5
.
130
48262
=
out
r = 19.2 cm
20
50
Y
Y
X
X
1.5
47*1.5
S S
Lout
S S
out
L
out
L
out
L
= 0.85*7.5 = 0.85*7.5
= 0.85*7.5 = 1.2*7.5
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
Main Truss
Design members 2009
41/46
90
135
9
.
3
525
>
=
=
in
λ
So increase dimensions of flanges (main item in Iin)
Assume flange 300*20 mm
in
I = 2 * 2 *
12
303
= 9000 cm4
A = 30 * 2 * 2 + 46 * 1.5 = 189 cm2
189
9000
=
in
r = 6.9 cm 90
76
9
.
6
525
<
=
=
in
λ
Solved Example 4:
Through bridge single track, with span 78 m. Spacing between X.G. is 6
m. The XG composed of web plate 800*14 and 2 flange plates 300*30.
Steel used is st 52. Width of bridge is 5.5 m.
It is required to design the marked members.
7.5
6m
78m
M1
M2
M
4
M3
Solution:
• For Member M1 It is subjected to compression only.
Design of Member M 1:
For the whole truss; Take b =
12
600
= 50 cm (given for U1)
From previous example:
F D = 111 t & F L+I = 256.5 t & Ftot = 367.5 t (compression)
The diagonal will be in the shape of π - section (same section of upper
chord)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES
BRIDGES

More Related Content

What's hot

Design of pile cap
Design of  pile capDesign of  pile cap
Design of pile capPuspendu Ray
 
Yield line theory
Yield line theoryYield line theory
Yield line theoryVikas Mehta
 
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)swatapriya
 
Lecture 1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)
Lecture  1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)Lecture  1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)
Lecture 1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)Iqbal Hafeez
 
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...Arkar43
 
Structural analysis (method of sections)
Structural analysis (method of sections)Structural analysis (method of sections)
Structural analysis (method of sections)physics101
 
Design of columns biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000
Design of columns  biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000Design of columns  biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000
Design of columns biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000PraveenKumar Shanmugam
 
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approach
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approachRaft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approach
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approachAlmotasem Darawish
 
Bond strength and developement length
Bond strength and developement lengthBond strength and developement length
Bond strength and developement lengthSushilAdhikari25
 
Design and detailing of flat slabs
Design and detailing of flat slabs Design and detailing of flat slabs
Design and detailing of flat slabs Godfrey James
 
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacity
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacityIs code underremead pile Bearing capacity
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacityMake Mannan
 
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code Sandeep Yadav
 
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...Hossam Shafiq II
 

What's hot (20)

Development length
Development length Development length
Development length
 
Design of pile cap
Design of  pile capDesign of  pile cap
Design of pile cap
 
Yield line theory
Yield line theoryYield line theory
Yield line theory
 
Design of steel beams
Design of steel beamsDesign of steel beams
Design of steel beams
 
DESIGN OF RC BEAMS
DESIGN OF RC BEAMSDESIGN OF RC BEAMS
DESIGN OF RC BEAMS
 
Box culvert
Box culvertBox culvert
Box culvert
 
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)
Column detailing, Session 14-15 (DUET)
 
Lecture 1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)
Lecture  1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)Lecture  1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)
Lecture 1 (Introduction to Structural Analysis II)
 
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...
AASHTO T-4 Proposed Guide Specifications for Wind Loads on Bridges During Con...
 
Structural analysis (method of sections)
Structural analysis (method of sections)Structural analysis (method of sections)
Structural analysis (method of sections)
 
Design of columns biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000
Design of columns  biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000Design of columns  biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000
Design of columns biaxial bending as per IS 456-2000
 
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approach
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approachRaft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approach
Raft foundations _design_and_analysis_with_a_practical_approach
 
Bond strength and developement length
Bond strength and developement lengthBond strength and developement length
Bond strength and developement length
 
Bridge loading
Bridge loadingBridge loading
Bridge loading
 
Bs8110 design notes
Bs8110 design notesBs8110 design notes
Bs8110 design notes
 
Structural engineering i
Structural engineering iStructural engineering i
Structural engineering i
 
Design and detailing of flat slabs
Design and detailing of flat slabs Design and detailing of flat slabs
Design and detailing of flat slabs
 
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacity
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacityIs code underremead pile Bearing capacity
Is code underremead pile Bearing capacity
 
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code
Designing and drawing of flat slab with the help of i.s code
 
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...
Ch6 Composite Plate Girder Bridges (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Pr...
 

Similar to BRIDGES

Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...
Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...
Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...Hossam Shafiq II
 
1.5 class c,d,e
1.5 class c,d,e1.5 class c,d,e
1.5 class c,d,eMani Das
 
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...Hossam Shafiq II
 
Direct-Design-Method1.pdf
Direct-Design-Method1.pdfDirect-Design-Method1.pdf
Direct-Design-Method1.pdfWifin1
 
Current collction system.pptx
Current collction system.pptxCurrent collction system.pptx
Current collction system.pptxssuserca5764
 
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )stormlife92
 
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdf
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdfDesign of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdf
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdfmohamed abdo
 
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slides
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slidesCE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slides
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slidesnazifa tabassum
 
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge Decks
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge DecksAnalysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge Decks
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge DecksIDES Editor
 
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDURE
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDUREDESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDURE
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDUREbabji syed
 
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathura
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, MathuraDesign of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathura
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathuravikaschaudhary15011991
 
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...theijes
 
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)Ankit Singh
 
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGE
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGEANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGE
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGEIRJET Journal
 
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering Iaşi
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering IaşiLecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering Iaşi
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering IaşiUrsachi Răzvan
 

Similar to BRIDGES (20)

Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...
Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...
Ch4 Bridge Floors (Steel Bridges تصميم الكباري المعدنية & Prof. Dr. Metwally ...
 
Stairs
StairsStairs
Stairs
 
1.5 class c,d,e
1.5 class c,d,e1.5 class c,d,e
1.5 class c,d,e
 
Rail bridge and composite girder bridge analysis
Rail bridge and composite girder bridge analysisRail bridge and composite girder bridge analysis
Rail bridge and composite girder bridge analysis
 
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...
Lec13 Continuous Beams and One Way Slabs(3) Footings (Reinforced Concrete Des...
 
Direct-Design-Method1.pdf
Direct-Design-Method1.pdfDirect-Design-Method1.pdf
Direct-Design-Method1.pdf
 
Current collction system.pptx
Current collction system.pptxCurrent collction system.pptx
Current collction system.pptx
 
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )
Stuctural steel project ( ĐỒ ÁN KẾT CẤU THÉP ĐẠI HỌC XÂY DỰNG )
 
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdf
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdfDesign of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdf
Design of Main Girder [Compatibility Mode].pdf
 
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slides
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slidesCE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slides
CE 320 Steel Structures Design Sessional slides
 
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge Decks
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge DecksAnalysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge Decks
Analysis of Behaviour of U-Girder Bridge Decks
 
Two way slab
Two way slabTwo way slab
Two way slab
 
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDURE
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDUREDESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDURE
DESIGN OF T BEAM BRIDGE PROCEDURE
 
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathura
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, MathuraDesign of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathura
Design of flyover presented by Vikas GLNAIT, Mathura
 
Column math
Column mathColumn math
Column math
 
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...
The effect of varying span on Design of Medium span Reinforced Concrete T-bea...
 
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)
Design of t beam bridge using wsm(2)
 
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGE
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGEANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGE
ANALYTICAL STUDY OF STEEL ARCH BRIDGE
 
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering Iaşi
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering IaşiLecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering Iaşi
Lecture 7 s.s.iii Design of Steel Structures - Faculty of Civil Engineering Iaşi
 
Project 2b (1) (2)
Project 2b  (1) (2)Project 2b  (1) (2)
Project 2b (1) (2)
 

More from Bahzad5

دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratory
دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratoryدليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratory
دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide LaboratoryBahzad5
 
2013 (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری
2013  (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری2013  (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری
2013 (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاریBahzad5
 
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاری
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاریEngineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاری
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاریBahzad5
 
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەیBahzad5
 
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بیناBahzad5
 
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی (Municipal guidelines)
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی  (Municipal guidelines)المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی  (Municipal guidelines)
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی (Municipal guidelines)Bahzad5
 
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR WORKS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT  FOR WORKS OF CIVIL  ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTIONCONDITIONS OF CONTRACT  FOR WORKS OF CIVIL  ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR WORKS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTIONBahzad5
 
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)Bahzad5
 
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنية
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنيةالشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنية
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنيةBahzad5
 
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
GENERAL CONDITIONS  FOR  CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS GENERAL CONDITIONS  FOR  CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS Bahzad5
 
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاینBahzad5
 
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)Bahzad5
 
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکان
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکانڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکان
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکانBahzad5
 
سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
سەرەتاکانی دیزاینسەرەتاکانی دیزاین
سەرەتاکانی دیزاینBahzad5
 
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیە
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیەڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیە
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیەBahzad5
 
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاری
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاریپرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاری
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاریBahzad5
 
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundation
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundationبناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundation
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and FoundationBahzad5
 
slump test سڵەمپ تێست
slump test سڵەمپ تێستslump test سڵەمپ تێست
slump test سڵەمپ تێستBahzad5
 
Design of Storm Sewer System
Design of Storm Sewer SystemDesign of Storm Sewer System
Design of Storm Sewer SystemBahzad5
 
ڕۆنی بزوێنەر
ڕۆنی بزوێنەرڕۆنی بزوێنەر
ڕۆنی بزوێنەرBahzad5
 

More from Bahzad5 (20)

دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratory
دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratoryدليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratory
دليل تجارب الاسفلت المختبرية - Asphalt Experiments Guide Laboratory
 
2013 (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری
2013  (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری2013  (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری
2013 (Total Station & Civil 3D) فێرکاری
 
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاری
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاریEngineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاری
Engineering field knowledge -زانیاری بواری ئەندازیاری
 
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی
(atmosphere correction) زانیاری دەربارەی
 
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا
(Building Permit Guidelines ) ڕێنماییەکانی مۆڵەتی بینا
 
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی (Municipal guidelines)
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی  (Municipal guidelines)المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی  (Municipal guidelines)
المبادئ التوجيهية البلدية - ڕێنامەی شارەوانی (Municipal guidelines)
 
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR WORKS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT  FOR WORKS OF CIVIL  ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTIONCONDITIONS OF CONTRACT  FOR WORKS OF CIVIL  ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR WORKS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
 
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)
Lecture 1: Basics of trigonometry (surveying)
 
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنية
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنيةالشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنية
الشروط العامة لمقاولات اعمال الهندسة المدنية
 
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
GENERAL CONDITIONS  FOR  CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS GENERAL CONDITIONS  FOR  CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR CONTRACTS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
 
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
2 سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
 
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)
Soil Mechanics (Problems & solutions)
 
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکان
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکانڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکان
ڕێبەری بەشە ئەندازیارییەکان
 
سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
سەرەتاکانی دیزاینسەرەتاکانی دیزاین
سەرەتاکانی دیزاین
 
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیە
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیەڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیە
ڕێبەری بەشەئەندازیارییەكانی زانكۆی كۆیە
 
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاری
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاریپرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاری
پرۆژەی ناساندنی ئەندازیاری
 
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundation
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundationبناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundation
بناغە و بنەپایە Footing and Foundation
 
slump test سڵەمپ تێست
slump test سڵەمپ تێستslump test سڵەمپ تێست
slump test سڵەمپ تێست
 
Design of Storm Sewer System
Design of Storm Sewer SystemDesign of Storm Sewer System
Design of Storm Sewer System
 
ڕۆنی بزوێنەر
ڕۆنی بزوێنەرڕۆنی بزوێنەر
ڕۆنی بزوێنەر
 

Recently uploaded

OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...
OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...
OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...Soham Mondal
 
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...Christo Ananth
 
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLS
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLSMANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLS
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLSSIVASHANKAR N
 
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCollege Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCall Girls in Nagpur High Profile
 
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCall Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCall Girls in Nagpur High Profile
 
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...ranjana rawat
 
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )Tsuyoshi Horigome
 
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls in Nagpur High Profile
 
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130Suhani Kapoor
 
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Serviceranjana rawat
 
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptx
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptxIntroduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptx
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptxupamatechverse
 
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls in Nagpur High Profile
 
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝soniya singh
 
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130Suhani Kapoor
 
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IV
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IVHARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IV
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IVRajaP95
 
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...Dr.Costas Sachpazis
 
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escortsranjana rawat
 
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSAPPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSKurinjimalarL3
 

Recently uploaded (20)

OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...
OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...
OSVC_Meta-Data based Simulation Automation to overcome Verification Challenge...
 
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...
Call for Papers - African Journal of Biological Sciences, E-ISSN: 2663-2187, ...
 
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLS
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLSMANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLS
MANUFACTURING PROCESS-II UNIT-5 NC MACHINE TOOLS
 
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCollege Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
College Call Girls Nashik Nehal 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
 
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service NashikCall Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
Call Girls Service Nashik Vaishnavi 7001305949 Independent Escort Service Nashik
 
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...
The Most Attractive Pune Call Girls Budhwar Peth 8250192130 Will You Miss Thi...
 
Call Us -/9953056974- Call Girls In Vikaspuri-/- Delhi NCR
Call Us -/9953056974- Call Girls In Vikaspuri-/- Delhi NCRCall Us -/9953056974- Call Girls In Vikaspuri-/- Delhi NCR
Call Us -/9953056974- Call Girls In Vikaspuri-/- Delhi NCR
 
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )
SPICE PARK APR2024 ( 6,793 SPICE Models )
 
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls Service Nagpur Tanvi Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
 
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Kondapur Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
 
★ CALL US 9953330565 ( HOT Young Call Girls In Badarpur delhi NCR
★ CALL US 9953330565 ( HOT Young Call Girls In Badarpur delhi NCR★ CALL US 9953330565 ( HOT Young Call Girls In Badarpur delhi NCR
★ CALL US 9953330565 ( HOT Young Call Girls In Badarpur delhi NCR
 
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service
(RIA) Call Girls Bhosari ( 7001035870 ) HI-Fi Pune Escorts Service
 
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptx
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptxIntroduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptx
Introduction to IEEE STANDARDS and its different types.pptx
 
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur EscortsCall Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
Call Girls in Nagpur Suman Call 7001035870 Meet With Nagpur Escorts
 
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝
Model Call Girl in Narela Delhi reach out to us at 🔝8264348440🔝
 
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
VIP Call Girls Service Hitech City Hyderabad Call +91-8250192130
 
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IV
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IVHARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IV
HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE - Unit-IV
 
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...
Sheet Pile Wall Design and Construction: A Practical Guide for Civil Engineer...
 
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts
(MEERA) Dapodi Call Girls Just Call 7001035870 [ Cash on Delivery ] Pune Escorts
 
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICSAPPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
APPLICATIONS-AC/DC DRIVES-OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS
 

BRIDGES

  • 1. Railway truss bridges Layout 1/15-LA I – RAILWAY BRIDGES General Remarks for all kinds of bridges: 1- The deck bridge is the best type because the compression chord of the truss is braced by cross girders (X.G). [Lb out of upper compression chord will be distance between cross girders]. 2- There must be horizontal wind bracing at the level of the lower flange of X.G. 7.2-7.5m sec 3 sec 2 sec 1 Stringer Br. 3.5m B/7 - B/9 H 5.3 m 1.8m H S/10 12.3-12.5 m 1.7m 1.8m 1.8m B/7 - B/9 S/10 1.7m 1.8m 0.3-0.4m Min 5.5m 1.8m 1.7m 1.8m 3- There must be stringer bracing to carry lateral shock  There must be braking force bracing to carry braking force.  In Roadway there was no lateral shock & the braking force was carried by slab to main girders to supports. But in case of Railway Bridge, if there is no braking force bracing, there will be M y on X- girders. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 2. Railway truss bridges Layout 2/15-LA M.G. M.G. X.G. stringer S=4.0-7.0m B Plan of floor beams Plan of bracing X.G. Wind bracing Braking force bracing Stringer bracing 4- What is the difference between pony & through bridge? 1 - The X.G. in both lies at the level of the lower chord. 2 – Also both of them have lower wind bracing. 3 – Only the through bridge has upper bracing We use through bridge only if h  5.5 m, h is measured from the top of the rail level h = H MG – h XG – 0.20 m (sleeper) – 0.15 m (rail) – 0.3 (height of upper member)  The through bridge is preferable than pony bridge because the compression chord is supported by bracing.  In case of using through bridge, a closed frame or inclined frames at both ends of the bridge must be provided to transfer load from upper lever of upper bracing to bearings. 12.3-12.5 m 1.7m 1.8m 1.8m B/7 - B/9 H S/10 1.7m 1.8m 0.3-0.4m Min 5.5m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 3. Railway truss bridges Layout 3/15-LA Elevation of M.G. roller bearing Elevation of M.G. 4-7m H 4-7m L=70-80m H Box portal frame Elevation of M.G. 4-7m H Inclined portal frame Box portal frame Box portal frame (2) L=70-80m L=70-80m Intermediate closed frame may be added if span is too big. 5- To draw plans, we have to take many sections: a- The pony bridge has 2 plans, one shows the stringers and the stringer bracing, while the other shows the wind bracing with braking force bracing. b- Deck and through bridges have 3 plans. Two of them are the same as that of Pony Bridge, while the third is either lower bracing for Deck Bridge or upper bracing for through bridge. We can draw the first 2 plans in one plan only as shown below: ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 4. Railway truss bridges Layout 4/15-LA M.G. M.G. stringer S=4.0-7.0m B Plan of floor beams Plan of bracing X.G. X.G. 6- The width of the bridge "B" is nearly constant because the width of train is constant and is determined as follows: - 3.5 m in deck bridges & 5.3 in pony & through bridges. - For each additional track in any kind of bridges add 3.5 m i.e. Deck bridge: Single track = 3.5 m Double track = 3.5 + 3.5 = 7 m Triple track = 3.5 + 2 *3.5 = 10.5 m Pony or through bridge: Single track = 5.3 m Double track = 5.3 + 3.5 = 8.8 - 9 m Triple track = 5.3 + 2 *3.5 = 12.5 m Note:  For long span bridges, L > 40 m, we use the main system as a truss with height " H" = 10 8  L .  The shape of the M.G. is as follows the upper chord is in the shape of " "- section while the lower chord is in the shape of "Double T" Upper chord Lower chord Vertical Haunch ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 5. Railway truss bridges Layout 5/15-LA  It's preferable that number of panels is even ‫ﻋﺪد‬ ‫اﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎ‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ﺑﯿﻦ‬ ‫ت‬ XG ‫اﻟﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻤﺎﺛﻞ‬ ‫زوﺟﻲ‬ ‫ﯾﻜﻮن‬ 7- The spacing between X.G "S" is taken mg H L  10 so the angle of diagonal of main truss will be equal 450 . The number of panels will be 8 or 10 or maximum 12 ( ) ‫زوﺟﻰ‬ . 8- There is no concrete slab so we cannot make composite action. 9- There must be a stringer nearly under each rail. 10- The spacing between stringers is 1.8 m (constant) [the distance is not 1.5 m as distance between rails for construction requirement.[ ‫ﻟﺴﮭﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﺘﺮﻛﯿﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﺔ‬ ] 11- Distance between center lines of any 2 successive tracks is 3.5m. 12- There is no side walk (unless mentioned). 13- The braking force bracing is added at both ends & if span > 6 0 m we add another bracing at mid span. M.G. X.G. M.G. S=4.0-7.0m B Plan of wind and braking force bracing 7.2-7.5m sec 3 sec 2 sec 1 Stringer Br. 3.5m B/7 - B/9 H 1.8m 1.8m 1.7m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 6. Railway truss bridges Layout 6/15-LA 14- Drawing of lateral shock bracing (stringer bracing), the bracing is a horizontal truss to carry horizontal loads. It consists of stringer as upper & lower chord, verticals and diagonals are added. M.G. X.G. stringer Vl. of stringer Bracing Dl. of stringer Bracing M.G. X.G. stringer S=4.0-7.0m Plan of floor beams(sec 1) B 15- The distance between verticals of stringer bracing is 1.5 – 2.0 m (so the diagonal is inclined at nearly 45 o ) M.G. Dl. of stringer Bracing X.G. Vl. of stringer Bracing Important: So the shape of stringer bracing is as shown (according to spacing between X-G "S". M.G. X.G. S=4.5-6.0m S=4.5-6.0m 3 spacings M.G. X.G. S=3-4m S=3-4m 2 spacings M.G. X.G. S=6.0-8.0m 4 spacings S=6.0-8.0m 16- The level of braking force bracing is at the level of the lower flange of X-G. The braking force is transmitted from level of Rail (upper ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 7. Railway truss bridges Layout 7/15-LA flange of XG) to level of braking force bracing (lower flange of XG) by one of the following 2 methods : - Either Full depth stringer or bracket ( as discussed in plate girder) ‫ھﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‬ : ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺮاﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﯿﻔﯿﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﯿﺢ‬ braking force bracing 17- In Deck Bridge, the X.F is added each (15 – 18 m) 18- The X.F. is either X-system or V-system according to the angle (35o - 55o ). 3.5 m 1.8m H S/10 7.2-7.5m sec 3 sec 2 sec 1 Stringer Br. 3.5m 1.7m 1.8m 1.8m B/7 - B/9 H B/7 - B/9 19- The upper bracing in through bridge and lower bracing in Deck Bridge can be in the shape of either x-system or rhombic system. S=4.0-7.0m S=4.0-7.0m 20- In case of using semi-deck bridge, the cross-girder will be nearly at midpoints of the vertical members which give concentrated loads at these points. This means that half the member will be tension and the other will be compression. It is preferable to use K-truss. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 8. Railway truss bridges Layout 8/15-LA roller bearing upper bracing lower bracing elevation of M.G. X-bracing X.G. L=40-70m H roller bearing upper bracing lower bracing elevation of M.G. X-bracing X.G. L=40-70m H 4-7m 4-7m 21- There must be end bracket because there is no cantilever slab. 22- In case of single track deck bridges, the bridge may compose of 2 main girders and cross girder without stringers. (The main girders are used at the position of stringers.) 1.50 ms 2.60 ms H 1.7-1.8m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 9. Railway truss bridges Layout 9/15-LA 23- The main dimensions of the train envelope ( ‫اﻟﺠﺒﺎرﯾﺖ‬ ) is as shown: 4.62 ms 5 . 0 0 m s 3.16 ms 0.80 m 2.31ms 3.16 ms 2.31 ms 5 . 0 0 m s 3.16 ms 3.495 ms 0.15 m 5 . 0 0 m s 0.15m 0.80m 24- In some cases (when needed) especially in through bridge, we can lower the stringer by maximum of 15cm in order to decrease the height of construction and increase distance between rail & upper beam. Min 5cm 1.8m X.G. 12.3-12.5 m 1.7m 1.8m 1.8m B/7 - B/9 H S/10 1.7m 1.8m 0.3-0.4m Min 5.5m Min 5cm 1.8m 1.8m1.7m 8.8-9.2 m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 10. Railway truss bridges Layout 10/15-LA 25- The stringer may be added over the X.G. The actual height of construction in this case will be hstringer + hx.g.+0.45 1.8m 1.7m 1.8m 8.8-9.2 m 26- When to use Subdivided trusses For long spans (70 m or more) with narrow bridge (single track) In this case the span of stringer will be 7m or more while span of X.G. will be 3.5m in case of deck or 5.5m in case of pony or through. i.e. the depth of stringer will be bigger than depth of X.G. So use subdivided to reduce span of stringer 7-8m 70-80m Deck bridge ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 11. Railway truss bridges Layout 11/15-LA 7-8m 70-80m Pony or through ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 12. Railway truss bridges Layout 12/15-LA Very Very Important: How to determine the type of bridge whether it is deck, pony, through? The choice of the type of bridge depends mainly on: 1- Whether the compression chord is supported or not. From the point of supporting compression chord, Deck Bridge is the best choice then through bridge & finally pony is the most expensive. 2- The relation between the available height of construction "H" and the construction height of the bridge "Hc". a- The construction height of the bridge "Hc" is measured from the top of the bridge floor (the rail level) to the level of the bottom flange of the lower chord. ‫اﻟ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮب‬ ‫ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺎس‬ ‫ﻘﻄﺎرات‬ ) ‫أﻟ‬ ‫ﻘﻀﯿﺒﺎن‬ ( ‫اﻟﻰ‬ ‫اﻟﻜﻮﺑﺮى‬ ‫ﻓﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬ ‫أﺳﻔﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺴﻮب‬ - Height for deck bridge is htruss + 0.2(sleeper) + 0.15 (rail) + (0.1 is the deflection) - Height of construction for pony and through bridge is h XG + 0.45. b- Available construction height "H" may be given or calculated as follows: H = Bank level – H.W.L – Δ required for navigation H.W.L. Navigation H Bank level The actual height of construction "Hc" must be less than or equal the available height of construction "H". (HC ≤ H). ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 13. Railway truss bridges Layout 13/15-LA  If Htruss + 0.45 = 12 10  L +0.45 ≤ H So use deck bridge.  If Htruss + 0.45 = 12 10  L +0.45 > H So use through or pony. We try first to make it through bridge, if not so pony bridge How to determine whether the bridge is through or not? If the height of the truss ( 12 10  L ) – hxg – 0.35 (sleeper + rail) – 0.3 (height of upper beam)  5.5m So we can use through bridge. 12.3-12.5 m 1.7m 1.8m 1.8m B/7 - B/9 H S/10 1.7m 1.8m 0.3-0.4m Min 5.5m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 14. Railway truss bridges Layout 14/15-LA Examples to determine the type of bridge: Example 1: 2 tracks railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00) and L.W.L (8.00). The Rail level is (15.00) and the height required for navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 50 m. Solution:  Width of river = span of bridge  H = Available height of construction = 15 – 10 – 3 = 2 m H C deck = 12 10 50  + 0.45 = 5.45  4.6 m > 2 m So we cannot make Deck Bridge. Since we will use pony or through bridge, so B = 5.3+3.5 = 9.0m H XG = 9 7 9 8   B = 1.0m For through bridge: h = 5- 1 – 0.35 -0.3 = 3.35m  5.5m So we cannot use through Bridge So the bridge must be pony ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 15. Railway truss bridges Layout 15/15-LA Example 2: Important 3 tracks railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00) and L.W.L (8.00). The Rail level is (18.00) and the height required for navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 50 m. Solution:  H = Available height of construction = 18 – 10 – 3 = 5 m  H C = for deck = 12 10 50  + 0.45 = 4.60  5.45 m O.K. use Deck Bridge with H truss = 5- 0.45 = 4.55m Example 3: One track railway bridge crosses a river with level of H.W.L (10.00) and L.W.L (8.00). The Road level is (15.00) and the height required for navigation is 3.00. The width of the river is 70 m. Solution: H= 15 – 10 – 3 = 2 m H C for deck = 12 10 70  + 0.45 = 6.3m  7.45 m > 3 m So it is either pony or through Since this bridge is through or pony So B of X.G = 5.3m H XG = 8 3 . 5 = 0.65 m Take HMG = 0.65 + 0.45 + 5.5 + 0.3 = 7.0 m 5.3m H 1.8m 0.3 Min 5.5m 0.65 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 16. Loads and design of Stringer 1/13L.S Railway truss bridges Design of stringer Loads on stringer: 1- Live load + Impact: - Each track is a main lane and there are no adjacent lanes. - The wheel loads are given below ( ) The train is Locomotive + tender + locomotive + tender + any number of wagons. 1) This train is [type D] 2) The Previous loads are [wheel loads], Wheel load = 2 1 axle load 2*6.25t 1.5 1.75 1.8 3*12.5t 2.0 2.0 1.75 2.0 1.5 1.5 1.8 1.8 4*10t 1.5 4*10t 5.5 1.75 1.75 1.5 Locomotive Tender Any number of wagons + Tender Locomotive • The length of locomotive is 10.5m and of weight 100t (wheel loads 50t). • The length of tender is 8.40m and of weight 80t (wheel loads 40t). • The length of tender is 12.0m and of weight 80t (wheel loads 40t). • Always use wheel loads. Important note: In the exam, axle loads may be given so we have to divide it / 2. - Impact factor = I = L + 24 24 ( ) 0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75 I = 0.25 → 0.75 Where: "L" in meters is the loaded length of the main track in direction of motion. Impact factor shall be taken for the loads in all the main lanes. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 17. Loads and design of Stringer 2/13L.S Note that: If I > 0.75, take I = 0.75 If I < 0.75, take I = 0.25 Loads on stringer (Railway Bridge) 1- Dead load: - O.W. of stringer. = 150 – 200 kg / m/ - Weight of sleepers, rail = 600 kg / m/ - Weight of stringer bracing = 50 kg / m/ W dead = 0.2 + 2 05 . 0 2 6 . 0 + = ……… t / m/ (We divide by 2 because we have two tracks) M d = W d * 8 2 S = ---- m t Q d = W d * 2 S = ---- t 2- Live load: Not less than 2 trails to get M L.L. & Q L.L. There is no strips, we can calculate the moment and shear directly. • Calculate ML.L max : Both cases, we calculate the moment at mid span under the middle concentrated load. If we want to draw another case of loading: Use 2 wheel loads of 12.5t and third with 6.25t. We have to get the position of resultant to get the position middle concentrated load with respect to middle of beam. 3*12.5t 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 3*10t Case 2 Case 1 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 18. Loads and design of Stringer 3/13L.S Calculate resultant = 12.5*+6.25 = 31.25t X = 25 . 31 75 . 3 * 25 . 6 2 * 5 . 12 + = 1.55m Middle concentrated load at distance = m 225 . 0 2 55 . 1 0 . 2 = − Get the moment under the concentrated load Calculate maximum moment • Calculate QL.L max : Both cases, we calculate the moment at mid span under the middle concentrated load. We may make third case Calculate maximum shear • Calculate Impact: I = L + 24 24 0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75 Where "L" is the length of the stringer "S", whatever the number of tracks are. 1.75 6.25 0.45 2 2.0 R=31.25 12.5 12.5 x=1.55 3*12.5t 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 3*10t Case 1 Case 2 R R Case 3 12t 12t 2.0 1.75 6.25t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 19. Loads and design of Stringer 4/13L.S • Total straining actions: Mtotal = ML(1+I) + MD Qtotal = QL(1+I) + QD Design the section (as rolled section): • Design as simple beam: Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class I, Longitudinal flexural member with L < 10m. n = over 2'000'000. Rolled section "detail A". From table (3.2) ECP 41 Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2 Estimation of section: F max = max min 1 68 . 1 M M − ≤ 0.64Fy If F max > 0.64Fy Take Fmax = 0.64Fy Important note: Mmax (for fatigue) = ML (1+I) + MD Not 0.6ML (1+I) + MD see ECP 37 (for railway, take full LL+I) Sx = max F M I L D + + Checks: 1- y f F t c 9 . 16 ≤ , y w w F t d 127 ≤ 2- Lu act = distance between vertical members of stringer bracing. Note that: we considered that sleeper is not supporting the stringer Lu max = least of y f F b 20 or b y f C dF A 1380 Take Cb = 1.35 (concentrated load) and calculate Fbcx. Lu act Stringer X.G. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 20. Loads and design of Stringer 5/13L.S 3- fmax = ≤ + + x I L D S M Fbcx (mostly 0.64 Fy) 4- fmax fatigue = x S M M min max − = ≤ + x I L S M 1.68 t/cm2 5- qact = ≤ + + w I L D ht Q 0.35 Fy 6- Check deflection using conjugate beam 800 L EI M ≤ = ε δ (ECP 132) • Design as continuous beam: We prefer not to make the connection continuous because we will use special sleeper over the connection. M0 = M Simple beam 0.9Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo Sec 1 Sec 2 Sec 3 1- Calculate bending moment for stringer simply supported over X.G. 2- Calculate M1 = 0.75Mo, M2 = 0.8Mo and M3 = 0.9Mo for both dead and (live and impact). Sec 1-1: M1-D = 0.75 Mo-D M1-(L+I) = 0.75 Mo-(L+I) Sec 2-2: M2-D = 0.8 Mo-D M2-(L+I) = 0.8 Mo-(L+I) Sec 3-3: M3-D = 0.9 Mo-D M3-(L+I) = 0.9 Mo-(L+I) 3*12.5 or 3*10 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 21. Loads and design of Stringer 6/13L.S 3- For choice of section, assume that the section is compact section. • For sec (1-1): For rolled sec. with holes of pre-tensioned bolts Detail "B", n = over 2'000'000 Fsr = 1.12 t / cm2 Calculate; − − − = + − = + − − − ) 1 ( 26 . 1 ) ( 1 1 1 max I L d d M M M f IF fmax > 0.64 Fy then take f max = 0.64 Fy and get the section from; fmax = 1 ) ( 1 1 x I L d S M M + − − + get S X1 = ---- cm3 [We choose the required section using Mmax flexural] • For sec (2 – 2): for rolled sec "Detail "A", Fsr = 1.68 t / cm2 ) − − − = + − = + − − − ) 1 ( 68 . 1 ) ( 2 2 2 max I L d d M M M f IF fmax > 0.64 Fy then take f max = 0.64 Fy and get the section from; fmax = 2 ) ( 2 2 x I L d S M M + − − + get S X 2 = ---- cm3 From bigger S X 1, 2 check I.P.E. or I.P.N. (S.I.E.) No ……., and check safety of the section. : 1 2 check 3 1) Check compactness of the section: The section is compact if: ) 76 127 ( & 10 9 . 16 ( = > = > y F w t w h y F f t C For st. 44 ) 67 127 ( & 9 . 8 9 . 16 ( = > = > y F w t w h y F f t C For st. 52 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 22. Loads and design of Stringer 7/13L.S Check L u act for negative sections = 0.2S and L u act for positive sections = distance between verticals of stringer bracing. 2) Check maximum stresses: Mmax = MD + ML+I for required section For sec 3: x I L d S M M ) ( 3 3 + − − + = ------ t / cm2 < 0.64 FY for compact < 0.58 FY for non-compact 3) Check stress range: Mmax = MD +ML+I Mmin = MD (for required section) For sec 1: Fsr = x S M M min max − = ------ t / cm2 < 1.12 t / cm2 For sec 3: Fsr = x S M M min max − = ------ t / cm2 < 1. 68 t / cm2 4) Check shear stress: w t w h I L d Q + + = ------ t / cm2 < 0.35 FY 5) Check deflection: 800 8 . 0 S simple continuous < ∆ = ∆ NOTE: If the section is 3 unsafe, take the same section without increase dimension and strengthen ( ) the first and the last panel only by adding cover plate to increase the inertia of the section. We will add the plate to the lower flange only because there are sleepers on the upper flange. • The cover plate is welded to the tension flange with fillet weld parallel to direction of stress (assume weld is automatic with no start stop position, detail B with F sr = 1.12 t / cm 2 . Then we must check section 2 as rolled section. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 23. Loads and design of Stringer 8/13L.S i.e. Check flexural stresses: For section 2 as rolled and section 3 as rolled with cover plates. And check fatigue stresses: For section 2 as detail "A" and section 3 as detail "B". Note: ) 2 ( * / ) ( 3 3 PL X I L D t h I M M + + + − − < 0.64Fy t / cm2 ) 2 ( * / ) ( 3 PL X I L t h I M + + − < 1. 12 t / cm2 Where: I/ x = I X-beam + 2 A PL* 2 ) 2 2 ( PL t h + =cm4 Example: Design the Stinger as rolled section twice (Simple and continuous). St 44 5.7 5.7 Solution: 1) Dead Load Track w = 2 1 * 600 = 300 kg/m' St. Bracing w = 2 1 *40 = 20 kg/m' O.w stringer ≅ 150 kg/m' ∑w = 470 kg/m' M d = 8 7 . 5 * 47 . 0 2 = 1.909 mt Q d = 8 7 . 5 * 47 . 0 = 1.34 mt t=10-20mm f b -4 Sec 3 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 24. Loads and design of Stringer 9/13L.S 2) Live Loads: ( not less than 2 trails ) Calculate ML.L max : M 1 = 28.44 mt M 2 = 24.75 mt Calculate resultant = 12.5*+6.25 = 31.25t X = 25 . 31 75 . 3 * 25 . 6 2 * 5 . 12 + = 1.55m Middle concentrated load at distance = m 225 . 0 2 55 . 1 0 . 2 = − Get the moment under the concentrated load Calculate maximum moment R = 14.39t M3 = 26.84mt ML-max = 28.44 mt • Calculate QL.L max : Q1 = 24.34 t Q2 = 21.05 t Q3 = 22.97 t QL-max = 24.34 mt 3*12.5t 2.0 2.0 1.8 1.8 3*10t Case 1 Case 2 0.85 0.85 1.05 1.05 1.75 6.25 x=1.55 0.225 2.0 R=31.25 12.5 12.5 1.775 1.075 1.75 0.875 12.5 12.5 6.25 3*12.5t 2.0 1.8 Case 1 Case 2 R R 1.8 1.8 0.3 4*10t 2.0 1.7 2.0 1.75 Case 3 6.25t 6.25t 1.75 0.2 12.5t 12.5t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 25. Loads and design of Stringer 10/13L.S 3) Impact: I = 7 . 5 24 24 + = 0.808 > 0.75 ∴ I = 0.75 M d + L + I = 1.909 + (28.44 * 1.75) = 51.676 mt Q d + L + L = 1.34 + (24.34 *1.75) = 43.939 t • Design as simple beam: Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class I, Longitudinal flexural member with L < 10m. n = over 2'000'000. Rolled section "detail A". From table (3.2) ECP 41 Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2 Estimation of section: F max = 676 . 51 909 . 1 1 68 . 1 − = 1.74 t/cm2 < 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2 F max = 1.74 t/cm2 Sx = 2970 74 . 1 100 * 676 . 51 = cm3 Use IPE 600 Sx = 3070 cm3 (Note: hstringer = cm Span 57 10 ≈ ) Checks: 1- 1 . 10 8 . 2 9 . 16 8 . 5 9 . 1 2 / 22 = < = = f t c 9 . 75 8 . 2 127 8 . 46 2 . 1 9 . 1 * 2 60 = < = − = w w t d The Section is Compact To get L u act divide spacing between 2 stringers as shown 3 * 1.9 m, so angle is ≈ 45 0 2 – L u act = 1.9 m L u max = 8 . 2 22 * 20 = 263 cm Stringer X.G. 1.9m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 26. Loads and design of Stringer 11/13L.S = 60 * 8 . 2 9 . 1 * 22 ( * 1380 * 1.35 = 463.5 cm L u act < L u max ∴ F bcx = 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2 3 - 3070 100 * 676 . 51 max = f = 1.68 t / cm2 < 1.79 t / cm2 4 - 3070 100 * ) 909 . 1 676 . 51 ( − = fatique f = 1.62 t / cm2 < 1.68 t / cm2 5 - 2 . 1 * 60 939 . 43 = q = 0.61 t / cm2 < 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2 6 – Check deflection: ε M = 51.15 * 2.85 – 12.5 * 3 2 *2 – 31.88 * 1 – 6.77 * (2 + 3 2 * 0.85) = 79.85 m3 t 800 570 41 . 0 92080 * 2100 10 * 85 . 79 6 < = = cm δ = 0.71 cm O.K. • Design as continuous beam: M0 = M Simple beam = 0.9Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo 0.8Mo o 0.75Mo 0.75Mo 0.75Mo Sec 3 Sec 2 Sec 1 0.75M M1 = 0.75*51.676 = 38.76mt, M2 = 0.8*51.676 = 41.34 mt and M3 = 0.9*51.676 = 46.51mt. Sec 1-1: M1-D = 1.43mt M1-(L+I) = 37.33mt Sec 2-2: M2-D = 1.53mt M2-(L+I) = 39.82mt Sec 3-3: M3-D = 1.72mt M3-(L+I) = 44.79mt 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 31.88 6.77 52.15 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 27. Loads and design of Stringer 12/13L.S Sec. (1-1): Fsr = 1.12 t/cm2 , n = over 2'000'000, Detail "B" HSB f max = 676 . 51 909 . 1 1 12 . 1 − = 1.16 t/cm2 S x = 16 . 1 100 * 76 . 38 = 3341cm3 Sec. (2-2): Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2 , n = over 2'000'000, Detail "A" rolled f max = 676 . 51 909 . 1 1 68 . 1 − = 1.74 t/cm2 < 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2 S x = 74 . 1 100 * 34 . 41 = 2376cm3 S x-required = 3341cm3 > IPE 600 which means that the stringer in the continuous connections is more critical. Choose (S.I.B 550) Checks: 1- 1 . 10 8 . 2 9 . 16 33 . 3 3 2 / 20 = < = = f t c 9 . 75 8 . 2 127 8 . 25 9 . 1 3 * 2 55 = < = − = w w t d 2 – Lu-act for positive sections = 1.9m, Lu-act for negative sections = 0.2*5.7 = 1.14m L u max = 8 . 2 20 * 20 = 239 cm = 55 * 8 . 2 ) 3 * 20 ( * 1380 * 1.35 = 725.8 cm L u act < L u max ∴ F bcx = 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2 1- f max 3 = 3610 100 * 51 . 46 = 1.29 t/cm2 < 0.64*2.8 = 1.79 t/cm2 o.k. 2- f max - f min 1 = 3610 100 * 33 . 37 = 1.034 t/cm2 < 1.12 t/cm2 o.k. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 28. Loads and design of Stringer 13/13L.S 3- f max 3 = 3610 100 * 79 . 44 = 1.24 t/cm2 < 1.68 t/cm2 o.k. 4- q max = 55 * 9 . 1 939 . 43 = 0.42 t/cm2 < (0.35*2.8=0.98 t/cm2 ) o.k. 5- 800 570 33 . 0 41 . 0 * 8 . 0 8 . 0 . < = = = cm simple cont δ δ = 0.71 cm O.K. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 29. Loads and design of X.G. 1/20XG Railway truss bridges Design of cross girder Loads on X.G.: 1- Live load + Impact: - Each track is a main lane and there are no adjacent lanes. The train is Locomotive + tender + locomotive + tender + any number of wagons. • Always use wheel loads. Important note: In the exam, axle loads may be given so we have to divide it / 2. - Impact factor = I = L + 24 24 ( ) 0.25 ≤ I ≤ 0.75 L = n*2S where "n" is the number of tracks X.G. stringer X.G. stringer X.G. stringer X.G. stringer X.G. stringer X.G. stringer Loaded length (shaded) Required X.G. Loaded length (shaded) Required X.G. Example: Calculate the impact factor of design of X.G for a triple track pony bridge with spacing between X.Gs = 5.7m I = 41 . 0 ) 7 . 5 * 2 ( * 3 24 24 = + ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 30. Loads and design of X.G. 2/20XG Loads on X.G. (Railway Bridge) 1- Dead load: Reaction of stringer = 2 QD-stringer - O.W. of stringer. = 150 – 200 kg / m / - Weight of sleepers, rail = 600 kg / m / - Weight of stringer bracing = 50 kg / m / W dead for stringer = (0.15-0.2) + 2 05 . 0 2 6 . 0 + ≈ 0.5 t / m/ (We divide by 2 because we have two tracks) RD = wdead * S O.w. of X.G. ≅ 300→ 350 kg/m' Or Single track D R D R Double track D R D R D R D R 2- Live load: Not less than 2 trails to get R L.L. We have to take one strip (the strip is the stringer), so we load the stringer and get the maximum reaction. Then put the maximum reaction over X.G. and calculate maximum moment and shear without moving the reactions. The position of the reaction is the position of rail. It is preferable to use the wheel loads only without impact and multiply both the moment and the shear of X.G. * impact later. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 31. Loads and design of X.G. 3/20XG • Calculate RL.L max : R of case 1 will be mostly critical. • Calculation of ML and QL: R L R L R L R L R L R L Single track Double track R L R L R L R L Triple track R L R L Calculate ML and QL. ML+I = ML * (1+I)*F QL+I = QL * (1+I)*F Where I = S n 2 * 24 24 + , n is number of tracks and "S" is span of stringer L = 2 S for single track = 4 S for double tracks = 6S for triple track "F" is a reduction factor depends on number of tracks F = 1 Single track F = 0.9 Double tracks F = 0.8 Triple tracks F = 0.75 4 tracks or more This is because the case of maximum reaction for all tracks cannot happen. 3.0 2.0 1.75 1.75 Case 1 2.0 10 10 1.8 6.25 6.25 6.25 10 2.0 12.5 12.5 Case 2 1.75 1.75 2.0 3.0 12.5 1.0 I.L. of reaction 6.25 S S ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 32. Loads and design of X.G. 4/20XG • Total straining actions: Mtotal = ML(1+I) + MD Qtotal = QL(1+I) + QD Design the section: The X.G. may be rolled for single track and B.U. of double tracks Important note: In design of X.G. and especially in single track deck bridge, and if the stringer is given. The depth of X.G. must be at least of the same depth of stringer. • Design as rolled beam: Fsr: number of cycles (ECP 40, table (3.1b), Class III, Transverse floor beams. n = over 2'000'000 for single track and 500'000 for double tracks. Rolled section "detail A". Note: For more than 2 tracks, we can take 500'000 cycles as case of double tracks. From table (3.2) ECP 41: Fsr = 1.68 t/cm2 (single) or Fsr = 2.52 t/cm2 (double tracks or more) Estimation of section: F max = I L D D sr M M F + + − 1 ≤ 0.64Fy If F max > 0.64Fy Take F max = 0.64Fy Important note: Mmax (for fatigue) = ML (1+I) + MD Sx = max F M I L D + + Checks: 1- y f F t c 9 . 16 ≤ , y w w F t d 127 ≤ 2- Lu act = distance between stringers = 1.8m. Stringer X.G. 1.80 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 33. Loads and design of X.G. 5/20XG Lu max = least of y f F b 20 or b y f C dF A 1380 Take Cb = 1.35 (concentrated load) and calculate Fbcx. 3- fmax = ≤ + + x I L D S M Fbcx (mostly 0.64 Fy) 4- fmax fatigue = x S M M min max − = ≤ + x I L S M Fsr t/cm2 5- qact = ≤ + + w I L D ht Q 0.35 Fy 6- Check deflection using conjugate beam R L R L R L R L L R L R 800 * L F EI M ≤ = ε δ (ECP 132) ("F" is the reduction factor) • Design as built-up section: As will be seen in Main girder ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 34. Loads and design of X.G. 6/20XG • Lateral shock: (47 ) The train makes lateral shock in the direction perpendicular to stringer. The lateral shock is taken constant and equals to 6t. The 6t is to be added in order to produce the maximum effect in the studied member. The lateral shock is constant = 6t whatever the number of tracks. Do not take impact factor. • Braking force: (47 ) The braking force is taken as ∑ 7 / P "P is the wheel load". 6.25 12.5 Loc.(50t) Tender(40t) Loc.(50t) Tender(40t) 9m 1.5 10.5 8.4m 10.5m 8.4m Wagon(40t) 12.0m 10.0 1.5 1.75 The wagons are added in length = L - 36.3 of the main girder In case of one track, we take total braking force. In case of double tracks, we take total braking force on one track and half the braking force on the other track. In case of triple tracks, we take braking force on 2 tracks only as follows: total braking force on one track, half the braking force on the second track in which this combination gives maximum straining actions on the studied member. Stringer X.G. 1.80 6t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 35. Loads and design of X.G. 7/20XG B B B B B/2 B/2 B B B/2 B/2 The braking force is distributed over the braking force bracings of the bridge. The number of braking force bracings may be "2" if we put 2 bracings at both ends only or "4" if we put at mid span. B = . B.F.B of Number 7 / ∑P (B.F.B. is braking force bracing) M.G. X.G. M.G. S=4.0-7.0m B 4 bracings 2 bracings B S=4.0-7.0m M.G. X.G. M.G. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 36. Loads and design of X.G. 8/20XG Very important note: If there is no braking force bracing, there will be My on X.G. The braking force will be distributed over the total number of X.G. B = . X.G. of Number 7 / ∑P then calculate My and design the X.G. Number of X.G = Number of spacing + 1 • We always make braking force bracing except if it is mentioned in the exam not to use B.F.B. Illustrative example: Through bridge triple track of span 72 m the X.G. is spaced 6 m. Calculate braking force in the following cases: 1 – There is only B.F.B at both ends 2 - There is only B.F.B at both ends & at mid span 3 - There is no B.F.B Solution: Length of loc + tender + loc + tender = 10.5 * 2 + 2 * 8.4 – 1.5 = 36.3 m Length of wagons = 12 m 12 7 . 35 ∴ = 2.975 Means 3 wagons Loc.(50t) 1.5 0.3 8.4m 9m 10.5 10.5m 8.4m 12.0m 12.0m 11.7 60.3 10.0 10.0 Wagon(40t) Wagon(40t) Loc.(50t) 12.5 6.25 Tender Tender 40t 40t ∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 (2 locomotives) + 2 * 40 (2 tenders) + 3 * 40 (3 wagons) = 300 t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 37. Loads and design of X.G. 9/20XG Case 1: 2 7 / 300 = B = 21.43 t M.G. X.G. M.G. B 2 bracings B B B/2 B/2 B B B/2 B/2 B R Case 2: 4 7 / 300 = B = 10.7t Note for long spans > 50 m , we have to use 2 B.F.B at mid span M.G. X.G. M.G. B 4 bracings B B B/2 B/2 B B B/2 B/2 B R B B B/2 B/2 B B B/2 B/2 Case 3: Number of X.G. = 12 + 1 = 13 13 7 / 300 = B = 3.3 t M.G. X.G. M.G. B B B B/2 B/2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 38. Loads and design of X.G. 10/20XG • Madd for pony bridges: If the maximum compression force in the upper chord is given, we have to calculate Madd on X.G. and check as case II 5.3 m 1.8m C 100 h C 100 M M add Example1: Design the X.G. of a single track deck bridge as rolled section. Steel used is 37. The spacing between cross girders is 5.7m. Solution: B = 3.5 m (single track, deck bridge) 1) Dead load: o.w of stringer = 0.175 t / m/ Stringer bracing + rail + sleeper on each stringer = 2 65 . 0 = 0.325 t / m/ DL on stringer = 0.5 t / m/ R D = 0.5 * 5.7 = 2.85 t Assume o w = 300 kg / m/ M D = 2.88 m t Q D = 3.375 t 2.85 2.85 0.3 0.85 0.85 1.8 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 39. Loads and design of X.G. 11/20XG 2) Live load: R max = 12.5 (1 + 2 * 0.65) + 10 * 0.12 + 6.25 (0.34 + 0.035) = 32.3 t Make another case of loading I = 7 . 5 * 2 * 1 24 24 + = 0.68 < 0.75 Q L = 32.3 t , Q L+I = 32.3 * 1 * 1.68 = 54.26 t M L = 27.45 m t, M L+I = 27.45*1*1.68 = 46.11 m t 3) Maximum Straining actions: Q max = 3.375 + 54.26 = 57.64 t M max = 2.88 + 46.11 = 49 m t For fatigue: Class III , one track, over 2000000 Rolled: Detail "A" à F sr = 1.68 t / cm2 Estimation of section: 49 88 . 2 1 68 . 1 max − = F = 1.78 t / cm2 < 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2 78 . 1 100 * 49 = x S = 2753 cm4 Use IPE no. 600 For single track deck bridge, we must check stringer since Lstringer = 5.7 m The section will be IPE 600 ( ≈ = cm 57 10 570 60 cm) . So use IPE 600 for X.G section (minimum section) 2.0 Case 1 1.0 I.L. of reaction 6.25 0.2 1.75 1.75 2.0 10 3.0 0.7 0.035 0.34 0.65 0.65 0.12 5.7 5.7 6.25 32.3 32.3 0.85 0.85 1.8 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 40. Loads and design of X.G. 12/20XG Check: 5 . 6 8 . 2 9 . 10 8 . 5 9 . 1 2 / 22 = < = = f t c 76 8 . 2 127 8 . 46 2 . 1 9 . 1 * 2 60 = < = − = w w t d L u act = 180 cm L u max = 8 . 2 22 * 20 = 263 cm Or = 35 . 1 * 8 . 2 * 60 9 . 1 * 22 * 1380 = 463 cm ∴The section is Compact and no LTB 1) 3070 4900 max = f = 1.6 t / cm2 < 0.64 * 2.8 = 1.79 t / cm2 2) 3070 4611 = fatique f =1.5 t / cm2 < 1.68 t / cm2 3) Check shear = 2 . 1 * 60 64 . 57 = 0.8 t / cm2 < 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2 4) Check deflection: 32.3 32.3 0.85 0.85 24.7 11.67 27.45 36.36 0.9 0.9 92080 * 2100 ) 3 85 . 0 9 . 0 ( * 67 . 11 2 9 . 0 * 7 . 24 75 . 1 * 36 . 36 + − − = = EI Mξ δ * 106 = 0.2 cm < 800 350 = 0.44 cm ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 41. Loads and design of X.G. 13/20XG Example 2: Design the X.G of double track through bridge as built up section. The distance between X.G is 5.7 m. steel used is st. 44 Solution: From previous: R D = 2.85 m t & R L = 32.3 t 1) Dead load: B = 5.3 + 3.5 = 8.8 m Q D = 5.7 t & M D = 15.1 m t 2) Live load: Q L = 64.6 t M L = 171.2 m t 7 . 5 * 2 * 2 24 24 + = I = 0.51 < 0.75 Q L+I = 64.6 * 1.51 = 97.5 t , M L+I = 171.2*1.51 = 258.5 m t Q max = 97.5 + 5.7 = 103.2 t , M max = 258.5 + 15.1 = 273.6 m t Estimation of section: 8 880 = w h = 110 cm t w = 8 mm or 110 * 8 . 2 * 35 . 0 2 . 103 = 0.96 cm or 830 8 . 2 * 110 = 0.37 cm h w < 1.5 m no h z stiffeners 8 . 2 190 110 = w t t w = 0.97 cm take t w = 10 mm n = 500'000 from class III, B.U. detail "B" 6 . 273 1 . 15 1 0 . 2 max − = F = 2.1 t / cm2 > 0.58 * 2.8 = 1.6 t / cm2 ∴ F max = 1.6 t / cm2 T = C = 110 * 97 . 0 100 * 6 . 273 = 256.4 t 2.85 2.85 0.3 32.3 1.75 1.8 32.3 64.6 0.85 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 42. Loads and design of X.G. 14/20XG Area of upper flange = 1 * 110 * 6 1 6 . 1 4 . 256 − = 142 cm2 Assume b = 20 t 20 t2 = 142 t u = 2.8 cm b u = 55 cm 2 3 ) 2 8 . 2 2 110 ( * 55 * 8 . 2 * 2 12 110 * 1 + + = x I = 1'090'652 cm4 Checks: 8 . 2 21 6 . 9 8 . 2 2 / ) 1 55 ( ≤ = − = f t c = 12.55 Note that 8 . 2 3 . 15 > f t c = 9.14 so the flange is non-compact L u act = 180 cm L u max = 8 . 2 55 * 20 = 657 cm or = 35 . 1 * 8 . 2 * 110 8 . 2 * 55 * 1380 = 931 cm ∴ There is no LTB ∴ F bcx = 0.58 * 2.8 = 1.6 t / cm2 ) 8 . 2 2 110 ( * 1090652 100 * 6 . 273 max + = f = 1.45 t / cm2 < 1.6 t / cm2 ) 8 . 2 2 110 ( * 1090652 100 * 5 . 258 + = fatique f = 1.37 t / cm2 < 2 t / cm2 1 * 110 2 . 103 = q = 0.94 t / cm2 < 0.35 * 2.8 = 0.98 t / cm2 Weld: ) 4 . 4 * 2 . 0 ( 2 1090652 ) 2 8 . 2 2 110 ( * ) 8 . 2 * 55 ( * 2 . 103 s = + s = 0.47 cm take smin = 6mm 55*2.8 110*1 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 43. Loads and design of X.G. 15/20XG ε M = 500.26 * 4.4 – 145.52 * 2 85 . 0 – 52.33 (0.85+ 2 8 . 1 ) – 203.49 (0.85 + 2 8 . 1 ) – 98.92 (0.85 + 1.8 + 3 75 . 1 ) = 1387.5 m3 t 800 880 55 . 0 9 . 0 * 1090652 * 2100 10 * 5 . 1387 6 < = = cm δ = 1.1 cm Example 3: Design the X.G of triple track Pony Bridge as built up section. The distance between X.G is 5.7 m. steel used is st. 52. The maximum compression force upper chord is 1800 t. H MG = 6 m Solution: As before R D = 2.85 m t & R L = 32.3 t B = 5.3 + 7m = 12.5 m 32.3 32.3 32.3 1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85 2.675 1.825 3.125 0.925 Q D = 2.85*3 = 8.55 t & M D = 2*2.85(0.925+1.825+2.675) = 30.92 m t Q L = 32.3*3 = 96.9 t & M L = 2*32.3(0.925+1.825+2.675) = 350.4 m t 32.3 1.75 1.8 0.85 32.3 171.2 113.05 145.52 203.49 98.92 52.33 32.3 32.3 500.26 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 44. Loads and design of X.G. 16/20XG 7 . 5 * 2 * 3 24 24 + = I = 0.41 > 0.25 Q L+I = 96.9*1.41*0.8 = 109.3 t , M L+I = 350.4*1.41*0.8 = 395.25 m t Q max 8.55+109.3 = 117.85 t , M max = 395.25+30.92 = 426.17 m t 8 5 . 12 : = XG add h M = 1.60 m 2 6 . 1 6 2 − = − = ∴ XG MG h h h = 5.2 m 100 1800 100 = c = 18 t M add = 18 * 5.2 = 93.6 m t 5.2 93.6 1800 100 93.6 1800 100 5.2 1800 100 Note that: The vertical number of truss also is subjected to moment Estimation of section: h w = 160 cm t w = 8 mm or 160 * 6 . 3 * 35 . 0 85 . 117 = 0.58 cm Or 6 . 3 830 160 = w t à t w = 0.59 cm Or 6 . 3 190 160 = w t à t w = 1.6 cm too big Use vertical stiffener & horizontal stiffener at 5 h from compression flange 6 . 3 320 160 = w t à t w = 0.94 cm Take t w = 10 mm For class III, BU. Detail "B" , n = 500'000 Note that: Case of triple tracks is not mentioned in the code but we can take n = 500'000 (conservative) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 45. Loads and design of X.G. 17/20XG 17 . 426 92 . 30 1 0 . 2 max − = F = 2.16 t / cm2 > 0.58 * 3.6 = 2.1 t / cm2 T = C = 160 * 97 . 0 100 * 17 . 426 = 274.6 t Area of flange = 1 * 160 * 6 1 1 . 2 6 . 274 − = 104 cm2 Assume b = 20 t 20 t2 = 104 t = 2.4 cm b = 48 cm Checks: 6 . 3 21 8 . 9 4 . 2 2 / ) 1 48 ( ≤ = − = f t c = 11.1 L u act = 180 cm L u max = 6 . 3 48 * 20 = 506 cm Or = 35 . 1 * 6 . 3 * 160 4 . 2 * 48 * 1380 = 276 cm > 180 cm The section is non- compact & No L.T.B. F bcx = 0.58 * 3.6 = 2.1 t / cm2 2 3 ) 2 4 . 2 2 160 ( * ) 4 . 2 * 48 ( 2 12 160 + + = I = 1860462 cm4 ) 4 . 2 2 160 ( * 1860462 100 * 17 . 426 max + = f = 1.89 t / cm2 < 2.1 t / cm2 Check with M add (case B) ) 4 . 2 2 160 ( * 1860462 100 * ) 6 . 93 17 . 426 ( max + + = f =2.3 t / cm2 < 1.2*2.1=2.52t / cm2 ) 4 . 2 2 160 ( * 1860462 100 * 25 . 395 + = fatique f = 1.75 t / cm2 < 2 t / cm2 1 * 160 85 . 117 = q = 0.73 t / cm2 < 0.35 * 3.6 = 1.26 t / cm2 160*1 48*2.4 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 46. Loads and design of X.G. 18/20XG Weld: ) 2 . 5 * 2 . 0 ( 2 1860462 ) 2 4 . 2 2 160 ( * ) 4 . 2 * 48 ( * 85 . 117 s = + s = 0.28 cm take smin = 6mm Check deflection: as before 800 1250 < δ = 1.56 cm Example 4: Redesign Question 2 assume NO Braking force bracing is used & L Bridge = 57 m Solution: Since No Braking force Bracing, so the X-girder will carry M y L = 57 m no of X.G = 1 7 . 5 57 + = 11 X.G. 6.25 12.5 Loc.(50t) Tender(40t) Loc.(50t) Tender(40t) 9m 1.5 10.5 8.4m 10.5m 8.4m Wagon(40t) 12.0m 10.0 1.5 1.75 5.45<5.5 ∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 + 2 * 40 + 40 + 20 = 240 t 11 7 / 240 = B = 3.1 t 1.75 1.8 0.85 A 5.27 3.1 3.1 1.56 1.56 8 . 8 ) 05 . 7 25 . 5 ( 1 . 3 ) 55 . 3 75 . 1 ( 56 . 1 + + + = B R = 5.27 t M = 13.14 m t (At point "A" not at mid span) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 47. Loads and design of X.G. 19/20XG F bcx = 0.58 F y F bcy = 0.58 F y = 1.6 t / cm2 Check: 2 * 12 55 * 8 . 2 3 = y I = 77642 cm4 6 . 1 2 55 * 77642 100 * 14 . 13 6 . 1 ) 8 . 2 2 110 ( * 1090652 100 * 6 . 273 max + + = f = 1.2 ≤1.2 case B Example 5: Redesign Question 3 assume NO Braking force bracing L = 68.4 m (12 panel * 5.7 m) Solution: Loc.(50t) 1.5 10.0 8.4m 9m 10.5m 8.4m 12.0m 12.0m 60.3 10.5 12.5 6.25 1.5 1.75 4.85<5.5 Tender 40t Loc.(50t) Wagon(40t) Wagon(40t) Tender 40t ∑P (Wheel loads) = 2 * 50 + 2 * 40 +2 * 40 + 20 = 280 t 13 7 / 280 = B = 3.1 t (Number of X. girders = Number of panels + 1) We have to arrange braking force on 2 lanes in order to get maximum effect (maximum straining actions on X.G.) 1.85 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.7 1.8 1.85 3.1 3.1 1.54 1.54 zero A 10.65 8.85 7.15 5.35 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 48. Loads and design of X.G. 20/20XG M y = 21.45 m t (at point "A") 12 48 * 4 . 2 * 2 3 = y I = 44237 cm4 1 . 2 2 48 * 44237 100 * 45 . 21 1 . 2 3 . 2 max + = f = 1.65 > 1.2 Unsafe Increase dimensions specially of flange & recheck. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 49. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 1/29 I-Drawing of influence lines a- Upper and lower chord: • To draw influence line of upper or lower chord, we have to determine the pole. • pole of upper chord pole of lower chord • If the member is in the lower chord, so the pole is in the upper chord and vise versa. • The ordinate under the pole is Lh ab For marked member from the upper chord: h bupper aupper L=span of truss a*b L*h I.L of upper Chord (u) pole(u) M= a b L M h = a b L h = Force Upper (comp.) (-) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 50. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 2/29 For marked member from the lower chord: pole(L) h blower a lower L=span of truss a*b L*h Lower (tens.) M= a b L M h = a b L h = Force I.L of lower Chord (L) (+) Important note: The chord member (whether upper or lower) subjected to either tension always or compression always. b- Diagonal: • Steps of drawing of I.L. of diagonal: • If α is the angle between the diagonal and the horizontal, 1 sin 1 sin 1 sin 1 sin 1 sin 1 sin ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 51. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 3/29 • a , b diagonal 1 sin 1 sin a b • a, b a, b a b ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 52. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 4/29 For dead load: We have to load both parts (positive and negative) For LL: We have to load twice a b DL a b LL a b LL • To get the sign of diagonal (tension or compression), first we have to recognize the main sign of the diagonal. • The diagonal is tension if tangent and compression if perpendicular to B.M.D. (tens.) diagonal (comp.) diagonal ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 53. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 5/29 Important note: Always loading the bigger part of the I.L. gives the main sign of the member, while loading the smaller part gives the other sign. . diagonal So the influence line of diagonal is as shown below sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) 1.00 * I.L of Reaction (R) h sin 1 a b L L2 (+) (-) sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) sin a 1 1 D 1 D 2 2 1 b (+) Very important: Always for N-truss, the main sign is tension for all diagonals. Always for W-truss, the main sign is one tension and the other is compression. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 54. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 6/29 c- Vertical: • Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0 y ). Deck N-truss: • For the first and last verticals (V1), it is always = reaction • For the middle vertical (V5). Force = Reaction of XG • For other verticals, V = D sinα and with opposite sign. i.e. V4 = D3 sinα (from the lower joint away from X.G.) 1 * I.L of V 1.00 * I.L of V h 1 a b L1 L2 V1 V2 D1 D2 V4 D3 4 (+) (-) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 55. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 7/29 Vertical: • Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0 y ). • For the middle vertical, it is zero member • For all other verticals, V = D sinα and with opposite sign. i.e. V3 = D3 sinα (from the upper joint away from X.G.) 1 * I.L of V h 1 a b L1 L2 (-) (+) V1 V2 D1 D2 V 4 D3 4 V 5 V3 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2- Deck W-truss (warren): a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as N-truss deck bridge For marked member from the upper chord: h bupper aupper L=span of truss a*b L*h I.L of upper Chord (u) pole(u) M= a b L M h = a b L h = Force Upper (comp.) (-) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 56. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 8/29 Note that: Each 2 adjacent members in the upper chord are equal in magnitude and both are compression. For marked member from the lower chord: pole(L) h blower a lower L=span of truss a*b L*h Lower (tens.) M= a b L M h = a b L h = Force I.L of lower Chord (L) (+) Note that: Each 2 adjacent members in the lower chord are equal in magnitude and both are tension. The first and the last lower chords are zero members. These members cannot be removed for stability. b- Diagonal: • The main sign of the diagonal varies according to its direction of inclination. Tangent to moment is tension, while perpendicular is compression. h T T T T C C C C ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 57. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 9/29 sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) h sin 1 a b L L2 (+) (-) sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) sin a 1 1 D 1 D 2 2 1 b (-) Tension Zone Comp Zone D 3 sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) b (+) Tension Zone 3 Important c- Vertical: • Always use the joint away from the position of X.G., so we can use method of joint to calculate the vertical. (∑ = 0 y ). • In W-deck truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other half are compression members with I.L. as shown below h 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 2 1 V 2 V 4 V 6 V 8 V I.L. of V 4 I.L. of V 8 I.L. of V 6 I.L. of V 1 I.L. of V (-) (-) (-) (-) (-) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 58. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 10/29 From previous: • The first and last diagonals carry the reaction, so they have the same I.L. of reaction. • Verticals V2, V4, V6 and V8 which support X.G. carry loads only when X.G. carry loads. • Verticals V3, V5 and V7 are always zero members and can be removed without affecting the stability of the truss. They only decrease the buckling inside of the lower chord. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3- Pony or through W-truss: (beginning with tension diagonal) a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as N-truss deck bridge b- Diagonal: As previous in case of W-deck truss sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) h sin 1 a b L L2 (+) (-) sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) sin a 1 1 D 1 D 2 2 1 b (-) Tension Zone Comp Zone c- Vertical: • In W-pony truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other half are tension members with I.L. as shown below ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 59. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 11/29 h 1.0 1.0 1.0 3 1 V 2 V 4 V 6 V 8 V I.L. of V 5 I.L. of V 7 I.L. of V 1 I.L. of V (+) 1 D 1.00 (-) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4- Pony or through W-truss: (beginning with compression diagonal) a- Upper and lower chord: Exactly as W-truss deck bridge b- Diagonal: As previous in case of W-pony truss sin 1 * I.L of diagonal (D ) h sin 1 a b L2 (+) 1 Tension Zone 1 D 2 D 1 L (-) Zone 2 b * I.L of diagonal (D ) 1 sin (-) Comp ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 60. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 12/29 c- Vertical: • In W-pony truss, half the verticals are zero members, while the other half are tension members with I.L. as shown below h V V V V 1 D 1 3 5 7 (+) I.L. of V I.L. of V I.L. of V 1.0 1.0 1.0 1 3 5 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 61. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 13/29 II-Calculation of loads The members of the truss are subjected to either tension or compression forces due to dead and live loads. 1- Dead load: (1)Weight of tracks: O.W. of one track (rail + sleeper) = 600 kg / m/ (2) O.W. of steal structure: (Stringer + X.G. + truss + bracing + ------ ) • For single track (S.T.) (for spans ≤ 60 m) W S = 0.5 + 0.05 L t / m/ à (deck) W S = 0.75 + 0.05 L t / m/ à (through or pony) • For double tracks (D.T.) (for spans ≤ 60 m) W S = (0.5 + 0.05 L) * 1.9 t / m/ à (deck) W S = (0.75 + 0.05 L) * 1.9 t / m/ à (through or pony) Where L = span of the Bridge (truss span) W S is for the whole bridge width Note: for spans > 60.0 m, the loads are reduced by 10% ) 05 . 0 75 . 0 ( 9 . 0 ) 05 . 0 5 . 0 ( 9 . 0 L W L W S S + = + = à Single track (S.T.) ) 05 . 0 75 . 0 ( 9 . 1 * 9 . 0 ) 05 . 0 5 . 0 ( 9 . 1 * 9 . 0 L W L W S S + = + = à Double tracks (D.T.) 2 ) 2 ∑ + = ack weightoftr w W s d = ----- t / m/ ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 62. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 14/29 Example: Calculate the dead load of (S.T.) deck bridge with span = 62 m WS = 0.9 (0.5 + 0.05 * 62) = 3.24 t / m/ 2 6 . 0 2 24 . 3 + = d W = 1.92 t / m/ Example: Calculate the dead load of (D.T.) pony bridge with span = 48 m WS = 1.9* (0.75 + 0.05 * 48) = 5.985 t / m/ 2 2 * 6 . 0 2 985 . 5 + = d W = 3.59 t / m/ 2- Live load: We have to use I.L. to calculate the maximum forces in different members. For diagonals and verticals, we must calculate both cases (tension and compression for fatigue) Important: Always calculate the force without impact load using wheel load. The force will be F = f*m*n*(1+I) Where I = nL + 24 24 "n" is number of tracks. 1 for single, 2 for double, 3 for triple….. And "m" is reduction factor: 1 for single, 0.9 for double, 0.8 for triple. • The reduction factor is used because in double tracks, we consider the 2 trains reach the maximum case of loading at the same time which is not the real case. • In impact we use "nL" because each lane is considered as main lane. So we have to load both of them to get maximum forces in truss members. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 63. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 15/29 Example 1: Pony bridge double track L = 54 m, S = 5.4 m Warren truss and N-truss, Find maximum forces in truss members. (h = 6.0 m) 10*5.4=54 V1 V2 V3 V 4 V5 V6 U1 U2 U3 U2 U1 L1 L2 L3 L3 L2 L1 d1 d2 d3 d4 d5 L1 U1 Solution: Dead load for the bridge: WS = 1.9 (0.75 + 0.05 * 54) = 6.56 t / m/ 2 2 * 6 . 0 2 56 . 6 + = d W = 3.88 t / m/ Force in member (U 1) 1 10t 12.5t 6.25t 0.42 0.81 0.78 0.65 0.54 0.46 0.33 0.22 0.1 0.02 h =6 m pole (U ) 1 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t L*h a*b =0.81= 54*6 5.4*48.6 48.6 m 5.4 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 64. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 16/29 Dead load: ) 2 54 * 81 . 0 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 84.8 t Live load f L = (2*6.25*0.42) + (3*12.5*0.78) + (4*10*0.65) + (2*6.25*0.54) + (3*12.5*0.46) + (4*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.22) + (2*10*0.1) + (2*10*0.02) = 104.5 t I = ) 54 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.18 Not less than 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*104.5 = 235.1t (comp.) 1 max min 26 . 320 8 . 84 U t F t F → − = − = Force in member (U 2): 12.5t 10t maximum ordinate 37.8 m 0.9 0.21 0.01 16.2*37.8 54*6 =1.89 a*b L*h h= 6 m 0.57 1.28 1.52 1.75 1.89 1.68 1.10 0.56 = 16.2 m 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 2 pole (U ) 2 U2 pole (U ) 2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 65. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 17/29 Dead load: ) 2 54 * 89 . 1 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 197.87 t Live load fL = (2*6.25*0.56) + (3*12.5*1.1) + (10*1.68) + (10*1.89) + (2*10*1.75) + (2*6.25*1.52) + (3*12.5*1.28) + (4*10*0.9) + (2*10*0.57) + (2*10*0.21) + (10*0.01) = 237.7 t I = ) 54 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.18 Not less than 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*237.7 = 535 t (comp.) F d + L + I = 197.87 + 535 = 732.87 t (comp.) 2 max min 87 . 732 87 . 197 U t F t F → − = − = Force in member (U 3): 27.0 m 27*27 54*6 =2.25 a*b L*h h= 6 m = 2.03 1.48 0.84 0.46 2.25 2.08 1.44 0.89 0.23 27.0 m U3 U3 pole (U ) 3 pole (U ) 3 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t Dead load: F d = w d * area of I.L. ∴ ) 2 54 * 25 . 2 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 235.56 t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 66. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 18/29 Live load f L = (2*6.25*0.46) + (3*12.5*0.84) + (4*10*1.48) + (2*6.25*2.03) + (3*12.5*2.08) + (4*10*1.44) + (2*10*0.89) + (2*10*0.29) = 281.4t I as before = 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*281.4 = 633.3t (comp.) F d + L + I = 235.56 + 633.3 = 868.82 t (comp.) 3 max min 82 . 868 56 . 235 U t F t F → − = − = Force in member (L1): L1 is zero member under vertical loads. F max = F min = zero à L1 because there is no hl. loads. Force in member (L2): 43.2 m 10.8*43.2 54*6 =1.44 a*b L*h h= 6 m = 0.77 0.16 1.44 1.35 1.13 0.98 0.72 0.5 0.26 0.1 10.8 m pole (L ) 2 L2 L1 L1 L2 pole (L ) 2 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 10t Dead load: ) 2 54 * 44 . 1 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 150.76 t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 67. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 19/29 Live load f L = (2*6.25*0.16) + (3*12.5*0.77) + (4*10*1.35) + (2*6.25*1.13) + (3*12.5*0.98) + (4*10*0.72) + (2*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.26) + (2*10*0.1) = 181.7t I = 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*181.7 = 408.8t (Tension) F d + L + I = 150.76 + 408.8 = 559.6t (tens.) 2 max min 6 . 559 76 . 150 L t F t F → + = + = Force in member (L3): 32.4 m 21.6 m 1.12 0.66 1.89 2.16 1.9 1.59 1.08 0.64 0.16 pole (L ) 3 L3 L3 pole (L ) 3 h= 6 m 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 21.6*32.4 54*6 =2.16 a*b L*h = Dead load: ) 2 54 * 16 . 2 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 226.14 t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 68. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 20/29 Live load: fL = (2*6.25*0.66) + (3*12.5*1.12) + (4*10*1.89) + (2*6.25*1.9) + (3*12.5*1.59) + (4*10*1.08) + (2*10*0.64) + (2*10*0.16) =268.5 t (tension) I = 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*268.5 = 604.1t (Tension) F d + L + I = 226.14 + 604.1 = 830.3 t 3 max min 3 . 830 14 . 226 L t F t F → + = + = Force in member (D 2): α = tan-1 (6/5.4) = o 48 35 . 1 sin 1 = α 48.0m 10*5.4=54 m (+) (-) 6m 0.49 1.08 1.03 0.83 0.67 0.56 0.36 0.20 0.04 0.13 0.13 0.09 0.05 1.35 D2 D2 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 1.35 12.5t h= 6 m x 0.13 = 4.5-x 1.08 x = 0.6m Dead load: 2 1 ) ( = −ve A * 48 * 1.08 = 25.83 2 1 ) ( = +ve A * 6 * 0.13 = 0.4 Fd = 3.88*(25.83-0.4) = 98.6t Live load: ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 69. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 21/29 F L max = (2*6.25*0.49) + (3*12.5*1.03) + (4*10*0.83) + (2*6.25*0.67) + (3*12.5*0.56) + (4*10*0.36) + (2*10*0.2) + (10*0.04) = 126.1 I max = ) 48 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0. 2 Imin= 0.25 FL+I(max) = 2*0.9*1.25*126.1= 283.8t FL min = 12.5 * (0.05 + 0.09 + 0.13) = 3.4t I min = ) 6 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.67 < 0.75 FL+I(min) = 2*0.9*1.67*3.4= 10.22t F max = 98.6 + 283.8 = 382.4 t F min = 98.6 – 10.22 = 88.4 t Note that: For case of N-truss, the maximum tension in the diagonal is 382.4t and the minimum tension is 88.4t. For case of W-truss, the maximum compression in the diagonal is 382.4t and the minimum compression is 88.4t. Force in member (D 3): α = o 48 35 . 1 sin 1 = α ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 70. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 22/29 42.0m 12.0 m 0.89 0.70 0.54 0.42 0.23 0.07 0.27 1.35 0.34 0.94 1.35 0.01 0.11 0.23 0.27 (+) (+) D D3 h= 6 m 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 12.5t 6.25t 10t 3 Dead load 2 1 ) ( = −ve A * 12 * 0.27 = 1.61 2 1 ) ( = +ve A * 42 * 0.94 = 19.78 F d = 3.88 * (19.78 – 1.61) = 70.5 t Live load F L max = (2*6.25*0.34) + (3*12.5*0.89) + (4*10*0.7) + (2*6.25*0.54) + (3*12.5*0.42) + (4*10*0.23) + (2*10*0.07) = 98.7 t I max = ) 42 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0. 22 Imin =0.25 FL+I(max) = 2*0.9*1.25*98.7= 222.1t F L min = (3*12.5*0.23) + (2*6.25*0.11) + (10*0.01) = 10.1t I min = ) 12 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.5 FL+I (min) = 2*0.9*1.5*10.1= 27.3t F max = 70.5 + 222.1= 292.6 t F min = 70.5 –27.3 = 43.2 t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 71. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 23/29 Note that: For both cases of N-truss and W-truss, the maximum tension in the diagonal is 292.6 and the minimum tension is 43.2. Force in member (V 1) h= 6 m U1 D1 1 V 1 V 1 D 1 U For both cases of N and W-truss, the vertical is D1 sinα So we have to calculate the force of D1 We can calculate D1 by 2 methods: 1- D1 cosα = U1 D1 = α cos 1 U α = 0 48 48 cos 26 . 320 max 1 = D = 478.74 t (tens.) 7 . 126 48 cos 8 . 84 min 1 = = D t (tens.) V 1 = D 1 sinα = α cos 1 U sinα = U 1 tan α V 1 max = 320.26 tan α = 355.84 t (comp.) V1 min = 84.8 tan α = 94.2(comp.) OR using I.L. of diagonal D1 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 72. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 24/29 48.6 m 10t 12.5t 6.25t 0.63 1.21 1.17 0.98 0.81 0.69 0.5 0.33 0.15 0.03 h =6 m 5.4 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 1.35 1.21 1 D Dead load: ) 2 54 * 21 . 1 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 126.7 t Live load f L = (2*6.25*0.63) + (3*12.5*1.17) + (4*10*0.98) + (2*6.25*0.81) + (3*12.5*0.69) + (4*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.15) + (2*10*0.03) = 156.75 t I = ) 54 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.18 Not less than 0.25 FL+I = 0.9*2*1.25*156.75 = 352.7 t (tension) 1 max min 4 . 479 7 . 352 7 . 126 7 . 126 D t F t F → = + = = V 1 = D 1 sinα ) ( 3 . 356 48 sin * 4 . 479 1 . 94 48 sin * 7 . 126 1 max min Comp V t F t F → − = = − = = Gives the same answer as before Force in member (V 2) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 73. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 25/29 V2 V2 h= 6 m D2 • V2 for N-truss: V2 = D2*sin48 From previous: D 2-max = 382.4 t D 2-min = 88.4 t (tension) V2-max = 382.4*sin48=284.2 t V2-min = 88.4*sin48=65.7 t (compression) • V2 for W-truss for Pony Bridge is zero member. Force in member (V 3) h= 6 m D V3 3 V3 • V3 for N-truss: V3 = D3*sin48 From previous: D 3-max = 292.6 t D 3-min = 43.2 t (tension) D max = 292.6*sin48=217.4 t D min = 43.2*sin48=32.1 t (compression) • V3 of W-truss for Pony Bridge is tension ) 2 8 . 10 * 1 ( * 88 . 3 = d F = 20.94 t (tens.) Live load F L = (6.25*0.31) + (12.5*0.63*2) + (12.5*1) + (10*0.07) = 30.9 t 0.07 0.63 1.00 0.63 0.31 10t 12.5t 6.25t V3 10.8m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 74. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 26/29 I = ) 8 . 10 * 2 ( 24 24 + = 0.526 F L + I = 2*0.9*1.526*30.9= 84.9t F d + L + I = 20.94 + 84.9 = 105.84 t (tens.) for pony 7 5 3 max min , , 81 . 105 94 . 20 V V V t F t F → + = + = Example 2: Find the maximum forces in the marked truss members for the shown Deck bridge triple track L = 54 m, S = 5.4 m in the case of Warren truss and the case of N-truss. (h=6.0m) 10*5.4=54 Solution: Dead load for the bridge: WS = 2.7 (0.5 + 0.05 * 54) = 8.64 t / m/ 2 3 * 6 . 0 2 64 . 8 + = d W = 5.22 t / m/ Force in member (V 1) V1 in both W-truss and N-truss is the same and equals to the reaction of the truss. So we draw the I.L. of reaction of truss ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 75. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 27/29 54.0 m R R 0.96 0.82 0.70 0.61 12.5t 6.25t 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 10t 10t V1 V1 1.0 0.35 0.21 0.13 0.01 0.47 Dead load: F d = ( 2 1 * 1 * 54) * 5.22 = 140.9 t Live load: F L = (3*12.5*0.96) + (4*10*0.82) + (2*6.25*0.7) + (3*12.5*0.61) + (4*10*0.47) + (2*10*0.35) + (2*10*0.21) + (2*10*0.13) + (10*0.01) = 133.2 t I = ) 54 * 3 ( 24 24 + = 0.13 I min= 0.25 F L + I = 3*0.8*1.25*133.2 = 399.6t F d + L + I = 140.9 + 399.6 = 540.5 t F min = 140.9 t F max =540.5 t This is the same for the reaction. i.e. the force used to design bearing is 540.5t Force in member (V 2) a- For W-truss: V 2 10.8m 6.25t 12.5t 10t 0.31 0.63 1.00 0.63 0.07 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 76. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 28/29 The reaction is the load on the X.G. and the member is always compression. ) 2 8 . 10 * 1 ( * 22 . 5 = d F = 28.2 t (tens.) Live load F L = (6.25*0.31) + (12.5*0.63*2) + (12.5*1) + (10*0.07) = 30.9 t I = ) 8 . 10 * 3 ( 24 24 + = 0.42 F L + I = 3*0.8*1.42*30.9= 105.3t F d + L + I = 28.2 + 105.3 = 133.5 t (Comp.) for deck 8 6 4 max min , , 5 . 133 2 . 28 V V V t F t F → − = − = b- For N-truss: 10*5.4=54 V D 2 1 From the unloaded joint (lower joint) V2 = D1sinα , so we have to calculate the force in the diagonal D1 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 77. Main Truss Inf line and Loads 2009 29/29 48.6 m 10t 12.5t 6.25t 0.63 1.21 1.17 0.98 0.81 0.69 0.5 0.33 0.15 0.03 5.4 10t 10t 10t 10t 10t 12.5t 6.25t 1.35 1.21 1 2 D V Dead load: ) 2 54 * 21 . 1 ( * 22 . 5 = d F = 170.5 t Live load f L = (2*6.25*0.63) + (3*12.5*1.17) + (4*10*0.98) + (2*6.25*0.81) + (3*12.5*0.69) + (4*10*0.5) + (2*10*0.33) + (2*10*0.15) + (2*10*0.03) = 156.75 t I = ) 54 * 3 ( 24 24 + = 0.13 Not less than 0.25 FL+I = 0.8*3*1.25*156.75 = 470.25 t (tension) 1 max min 75 . 640 25 . 470 5 . 170 5 . 170 D t F t F → = + = = V 2 = D 1 sinα ) ( 2 . 476 48 sin * 75 . 640 7 . 126 48 sin * 5 . 170 1 max min Comp V t F t F → − = = − = = ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 78. Main Truss Design members 2009 1/46 <15 Y Y X X / o Butt Weld Gusset plate Diagonal member Vertical member 5 : 1 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 79. Main Truss Design members 2009 2/46 Design of truss members in Bridges (As welded members) b b t t b 1 2 2 3 b h t t Upper Chord Lower Chord Vertical or diagonal t t h G.PL G.PL 10-20cm fl w Gusst plate fl b Buckling lengths of members: ECP 58, 59 table 4.5 Some notes for table 4.5 • Single triangulated web system is W or N-truss. • Compression chord effectively braced is for all verticals and diagonals of Deck Bridge. • Compression chord un-braced is for all verticals and diagonals of Pony Bridge. • Compression chord may be braced or un-braced for verticals and diagonals of through bridge according to the suggested shape of the upper bracing. • For all buckling lengths see page 40 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 80. Main Truss Design members 2009 3/46 We have to study how to design truss member subjected to: 1- Compression only 2- Tension only 3- Moment & tension 4- Moment & Comp 5- Zero member 6- M only (I) Design procedure of upper chord (compression member): Assume stress for steel 44 f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2 Assume stress for steel 52 f ≈1.5 à 1.9 t / cm2 Calculate area = f Fmax ------ cm2 = 2 h t + b/ t Take h = 15 12 15 12 length → = → S Panel ECP 129 Note: Panel length is the length of the member Take b = (0.75 à 1) h for deck or through ECP 129 b = (1 à 1.25) h for pony bridge b/ = b + 2 * (10 à 20 cm ) Applying the equation of area à get (t) = ---- cm Note: If t ≥ 4 cm, use reduced Fy t≥1.2cm Minimum thickness is 1.2cm for upper and lower chord because this plate will be used as gusset plate at the position of connection. The minimum thickness of gusset plate is 12 mm ECP 133. • If the thickness "t" is very big, we can use box section or use stiffener 10-20 cm t t h b C=10-20cm t b ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 81. Main Truss Design members 2009 4/46 (1) Check local buckling: We must be sure that the section is not slender by applying the non- compact conditions in the code. y F t b 64 ≤ (Table 2-1 b) code p. 10 ( plate) y F t c 21 ≤ (Table 2-1 c) code p. 11 (as cantilever of L – section) y F t h 30 ≤ (Table 2-1 d) code p. 12 (as cantilever of T – section) Note: IF y F t h 30 > so we can use "box section" Then check that y F t h 64 ≤ (1) Check Global buckling: The limit of buckling "λ " ≤ 90 for railway ECP 51 x in in r l = λ = ---- ≤ 90 y out out r l = λ = ---- ≤ 90 To calculate r x , r y : Calculate t b ht t h t b h ht y / / 2 ) 5 . 0 ( ) 5 . 0 * 2 ( + + + = v Calculate I X = 2 * 12 3 th + 2 t h ( y r - 0.5 h) 2 + b/ t ( y r - h – 0.5 t) 2 = --- cm4 I y = 2 t h (0.5 b + 0.5 t) 2 + 12 3 / tb = ---- cm4 Calculate A = b/ t + 2 h t & A I r x x = & A I r y y = Y t h b X X Y Y b t t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 82. Main Truss Design members 2009 5/46 (2) Check compressive stresses Actual stresses = A F f I L d ca + + = = ---- t / cm2 ≤ F C Allowable stresses = F C = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5 2 max λ for st. 44 F C = 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5 2 max λ for st. 52 Important note: There is no check fatigue in the upper chord because both the maximum and the minimum forces are compression. II- Design procedure of lower chord (tension member): Fatigue in tension members must be considered How to consider fatigue? ) 1 ( max min max T T F F sr − = So we have to get Fsr from ECP 41 The member will be welded, so detail "B" To calculate number of cycles Table 3.1b ECP40 Member description No Fs r - Chord members (Class I) (L<10m) > 2 * 10 6 1.12 Double track (D.T.) 2 * 10 5 2.80 web members (vl.& diag.) (Class II) single track (S.T.) 5 * 10 5 2.00 Double track (D.T.) 5 * 10 5 2.00 web members (carry load of X.G. only) (Class III) single track (S.T.) > 2 * 10 6 1.12 Notes: • For chord member: "L" is length of member and always < 10m ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 83. Main Truss Design members 2009 6/46 • If more that 2 tracks, we can use "n" of double tracks • "n" = 2*105 is not in the table, so we have to calculate it from the chart ECP 42. • Class III means that the force in the vertical member calculated from one X.G. and there is no affect of diagonals. (See marked members) Sub-divided W-Truss Design procedure: Take "b, h" as the upper chord b/ = (1/2 2/3 ) * b Assume ) 1 ( max min max T T F F sr − = For st 44 Take smaller from F max or 1.6 t / cm2 = Area Tmax For st 52 Take smaller from F max or 2.1 t / cm2 = Area Tmax Get A = -- cm2 = 2 h t + 2 b/ t Get t = -- cm tmin = 12mm t≤ 4 cm or use reduced Fy (1) Check local buckling: There is no check local buckling for pure tension members. b 1 2 2 3 b h t t Lower Chord 1 2 2 3 b b = y X X y Stiffener h ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 84. Main Truss Design members 2009 7/46 (2) Check Global buckling: x in in r l = λ = ---- ≤160 y out out r l = λ = ---≤ 160 Where A I r x in = A I r y out = And we have to calculate y to get Ix (3) Check stresses: Max. Stress à A Tmax = --- ≤ 1.6 t / cm2 or 2.1 t / cm2 Stress range à A F F A T T d I L d − = − + + min max = ---- Fsr Note that: For case of railway, Tmax = Fd+L+I . For case of roadway, Tmax = Fd +0.6 FL+I. Note that: For lower chord, Fmin = Fd (4) Check deflection: (roadway) 35 & (railway) 30 d l ≤ ECP 129 Note that: for lower chord: d = h + t (III)- Design procedure of web members (compression members): Assume f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2 st. 44 1.5 à 1.9 st. 52 Get Area = f force Max = --- cm2 = 2 bfl * tfl + b t w Take "b" as chord members exactly Get t w from y w F t b 64 ≤ & t w ≥1.0 cm t t b Y C Y x x Flange Web f fl b W ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 85. Main Truss Design members 2009 8/46 Applying the equation of area à Get bFL * tF L = --- cm2 Assume fl t 20) (10− = fl b Get bFL& tFL ) 20 ( ) 10 ( flange . It is preferable that b > bfl (1) Check local buckling: y fl F t C 21 ≤ y w fl F t s t b 64 2 2 ≤ − − (2) Check Global buckling: Calculate Iout = 2 3 ) 2 2 ( 2 12 ) 2 ( fl fl fl fl w x t b t b t b t I − + − = (Buckling outside is about the stronger axis) 12 * 2 fl fl y b t I = A = (b – 2 fl t ) t w + 2 fl flt b A I r x x = A I r y y = y in in r l = λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90 ≤ −− = = y out out r l λ (y - y axis with inside plane) & (x-x axis with outside plane) (3) Check stresses: 2 max 5 10 * 5 . 8 6 . 1 λ − − ≤ −− = = Area Force fca Or 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5 2 max λ (4) Check deflection: 30 d l ≤ For web member d = bfl No check deflection for vertical members ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 86. Main Truss Design members 2009 9/46 (IV) Design procedure of web members (as tension members): Assume − − − = − = max min max 1 T T F F sr y F 58 . 0 ≤ Get area = max max F T --- cm2 Get b, t w, fl t , fl b as before. (No check local buckling) If Area of flange is negative, so use minimum flange which is: tfl = 10mm bfl = 6φ + tw (assume using M24 or M27) - Check global buckling ≤ λ 160 - Check maximum stress = y F A I L d F T F 58 . 0 max max ≤ + + = = - & stress range (fatigue). = sr I L F A F ≤ + Check deflection: 30 d l ≤ For web member d = bfl (V) Design procedure of zero members (web members): Take y w F t b 64 ≤ get t w = -- cm Take t w = fl t = --- 1.0 cm Get fl b by assuming that there is only one row of bolts each side of the flange taking bolts M24 , So fl b 6d + t w + 2 s Check local buckling y w fl F t s t b 64 2 2 ≤ − − & y fl w fl F t s t b 21 2 / 2 / ≤ − − Check global buckling: y in in r l = λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90 ≤ −− = = y out out r l λ Check deflection: 30 b l fl ≤ b <1.5d bolt Gusset plate tW b fl t f ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 87. Main Truss Design members 2009 10/46 (VI) Design procedure of zero members (lower chord): Take "t" the bigger value of y F t h 64 ≤ y F t b t c 21 2 / / / ≤ ≈ Where h, b, b/ are taken as other chords. - Check local buckling - Check global buckling y in in r l = λ ≤ 90 & 90 ≤ = y out out r l λ - Check deflection: (roadway) 35 & (railway) 30 d l ≤ ECP 129 Note that: for lower chord: d = h + t (VII) Design vertical or diagonal subjected to tension and compression at the same time: Calculate Area from both tension and compression a) Assume f ≈1.2 à 1.5 t / cm2 st. 44 1.5à 1.9 st. 52 Acomp = f force n compressio Max = --- cm2 b) Aten = 1 . 2 6 . 1 force n Max tensio or = --- cm2 Take bigger of Acomp and Aten b is the same as the truss Take y w F t b 64 ≤ get t w = -- cm Stiffener b c h c b =(1 2 2 3 )b t X X y y 10cm ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 88. Main Truss Design members 2009 11/46 A2 flanges = A – b*tw Assume bf = 20tf get bf and tf Checks: 1) As compression member: Check local buckling y w fl F t s t b 64 2 2 ≤ − − & y fl w fl F t s t b 21 2 / 2 / ≤ − − Check global buckling: y in in r l = λ = --- ≤ 90 & 90 ≤ −− = = y out out r l λ Check stresses: c F A ≤ C 2) As tension member: Check stresses: y F A 58 . 0 T ≤ Check deflection: 30 b l fl ≤ Check fatigue: fsr = sr F A c T ≤ − − ) ( i.e. If the forces in the diagonal is as following: Fd = 40 t(Comp) FL+I(max) = 120t (Comp) FL+I(min) = 50t (tens) So Fmin = 50-40 = 10t (tens) Fmax = 120+40 = 160t (comp) We have to design the member as compression member (160t) and check as tension member (10t). 10/A 60/A fsr ft fc Check fatigue: fsr = sr F A A A c T < = − − = − − 170 ) 160 ( 10 ) ( ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 89. Main Truss Design members 2009 12/46 Summary of buckling lengths of members: Table 4-5 ECP 58 and 59 1- Deck bridge: • All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L • All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L • For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L or 0.85(2L) According to the shape of the lower bracing L 1 L 3 Lower bracing of deck bridge • For L1: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L • For L3: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85(2L) 2- Pony bridge • All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 1.2L • For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L • All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 2.54 δ a EI y ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 90. Main Truss Design members 2009 13/46 4 5 . 2 δ a EI l y out = a is spacing between X.G. E = 2100 t / cm2 & a = X.G spacing I y = y – y inertia of upper chord = δ Flexibility of U- frame (cm / t) If not given 2 2 2 1 3 1 2 3 EI d EI d + = δ I 1 = I X - X of vertical member I2 = IX – X of X.G x x x x X.G. Vertical member Important note: Incase of using U – Frame every X.G, all the verticals will be subjected to moment due to C/100 and due to wind in addition to the force from vertical loads which is tension or compression. d B 2 d1 y y Upper Chord ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 91. Main Truss Design members 2009 14/46 3- Through bridge a) If the upper bracing is as shown: Upper bracing of through bridge • All upper chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L • All verticals and diagonals = Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L • For lower chord: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L b) If the upper bracing is as shown: For All lower chords: Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L Upper chord: For U1 : Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85L For U2 : Lin = 0.85L and Lout = 0.85(2L) M.G. Plan of upper bracing V 1 V 2 V 3 V 4 V 5 D 1 D 2 D 3 D 4 D 5 u1 u2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 92. Main Truss Design members 2009 15/46 Verticals and diagonals For V1, D1, V2, D2, V4, D4 the compression chord is effectively braced Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 0.85L For V3, D3, the compression chord is not braced Lin = 0.7L and Lout = 1.2L Design of members subjected to moment Design procedure of Verticals of pony bridge: M Only All verticals (M+N) (M+T) Always all verticals of Pony Bridge subjected to moment in addition to the main force from cases of loading. Mx of pony = h F * 100 max where h = hmg - 2 xg h Mx of wind = (0.1S*0.5)* 2 2 h where "S" is spacing between X.G. F 100 h max F 100 max C.L. of X.G. VL of pony bridge C.L. of X.G. VL of pony bridge M1 M 2 The moment is outside the plan.(about x-axis of the vertical member) Fmax is the maximum compression force in the upper chord. (The force in the upper chord at mid span of truss) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 93. Main Truss Design members 2009 16/46 Note that: The effect of h F * 100 max and wind is case "B" Procedures: (1) If the member is subjected to M + N: a- Estimate section: "b" of the whole truss or ≈ 15 12 − S For web: y w F t b 64 = For flange: Force = 3 N b M x + (comp) Assume F max = 1.5 t / cm2 for st. 44 & 2.0 t / cm2 for st.52) Af = max F Force = bfl tfl complete as before Note that: We can estimate the section as previous in case of web member subjected to pure compression & decrease the assumed stress. b- Check member as pure compression member for case "A" - Local buckling - Global buckling ≤ 90 - C ca F f < c- Check member as beam – column (subjected to moment & normal) for case "B" 2 . 1 1 ≤ + A F f F f bcx bcx C ca Where C ca F & f from previous step "b" y I M f out bcx max = [ 2 b y & I is I X out = ] N/2 M M N x b N/2 b tW t f b Y C fl Y x x x M b x ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 94. Main Truss Design members 2009 17/46 in b l L − ≈ act u of member (important) Because the moment is outside plan, so L.T.B is inside plan. Calculate L u max then F bcx bigger smaller M M = α = zero C b = 1.75 If 15 . 0 1 ≤ C ca F f A 1 = 1 If 15 . 0 1 > C ca F f EX ca F f A − = 1 85 . 0 1 Where 2 7500 x EX F λ = out is x λ Note: The moment rotates about the stronger axis - Check using interaction equation 2 . 1 1 ≤ + A F f F f bcx bcx C ca (2) If the member is subjected to M + T: a - Estimate section as before (web subjected to pure tension) using y sr F T T F F 58 . 0 1 max min max ≤ − = Or Force in the critical flange = 3 T b M x + (tens) Afl = max max F T b - Check member as pure Tension - Global buckling ≤ 160 - ft ≤ 0.58 F y - fsr ≤ Fsr ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 95. Main Truss Design members 2009 18/46 No check deflection because it is vertical member c -Check using interaction equation as member subjected to M & T 2 . 1 ≤ + btx btx t t F f F f ft as before = Area Tmax , F t = 0.58 F y y I M f X btx = Where I X = I out & y = 2 b Fbtx = 0.58 F y (always because there is no. L.T.B in tension side) d- Check fatigue: Fmax – Fmin ≤ Fsr Fmax = y I M A T out * max + M is Mw + h C * 100 max Cmax = CD+L+I Fmin = y I M A T out * min + M is h C * 100 min Cmin = CD CD and CD+L+I are of upper chord at mid span of truss. DO Not take the effect of wind in studying fatigue (3) If the member is subjected to M only a - Estimate section as web zero member (zero member) use b of truss, t w = 1 cm, b f (min.) = 6φ + 2s + t w (s is size of weld ≈1cm) t f (min.) = 1 cm. b - Check as zero member - Local buckling - Global buckling < 90 - No check deflection because it is vertical member ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 96. Main Truss Design members 2009 19/46 c – Check y I M X X (I X = I out & y = 2 b ) ≤ F bcx * 1.2 where F bcx is calculated using in b act u l ≈ L & L u max (C b = 1.75). Design procedure of Vertical of through bridge forming the closed portal frame: The member is subjected to either tension and moment or compression and moment. a- Estimate the section as before (section subjected to moment and compression or moment and tension). b- Check the member as pure compression or pure tension (case A) - To calculate buckling lengths: Buckling inside: From table of code for web members lin = 0.7l Buckling outside: The vertical member forms portal frame outside plan, so lout is calculated using GA and GB. GA = xg xg v v l I l I / / GB = beam beam v v l I l I / / Lxg is the width of the bridge = Lbeam Ibeam is the Ix of the horizontal beam. Note that: Buckling inside and outside of all other verticals and diagonals is from table of code. The frame is allowed to sway: Cmx = 0.85 First vertical (M+N) (M+T) CL of upper beam CL of XG Vl of truss 2h/3 h/3 R u M ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 97. Main Truss Design members 2009 20/46 5 . 0 + = = bigger smaller M M α Cb = 1.75 + 1.05*0.5+0.3*(0.5)2 = 2.35, taken 2.3 c- Check as beam column (case B) Design procedure of diagonal of through bridge forming the open portal frame: The member is subjected to compression and moment. a- Estimate the section as before using the same section of the upper chord. b- Check the member as pure compression (case A) a. To calculate buckling lengths: Buckling inside: From table of code for web members lin = 0.7l Buckling outside: The diagonal forms portal frame outside plan, so lout is calculated using GA and GB. GA = 10 (hinged base) GB = beam beam dl dl l I l I / / Lbeam is the width of the bridge Ibeam is the Ix of the horizontal beam. Note that: Buckling inside and outside of all other verticals and diagonals is from table of code. The frame is allowed to sway: Cmx = 0.85 First diagonal (M+N) CL of upper beam Vl of truss L(inclined distance) R u R /2 u R /2 u M ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 98. Main Truss Design members 2009 21/46 0 = = bigger smaller M M α Cb = 1.75 c- Check as beam column (case B) Summary of all previous: 1. For deck bridge: - All the members of the truss are subjected to either tension or compression only (NO moment) - lin & lout of members are from table in Code ECP 58&59 2. For pony bridge: - All members of the truss are subjected to either tension or compression except verticals. - All verticals are subjected to moment in addition to actual tension or compression. M = 0.1*0.4 S * h2 /2 + h C * 100 max where h = hMG - 2 XG h - Buckling length of all members are from ECP 58&59 except upper chord. - Buckling length of upper chord is 4 5 . 2 δ S EI y 3. For through bridge: • If there is inclined frame, so the section of the first inclined diagonal is the same as the upper chord. - All the members subjected to either tension or compression except vertical or diagonal forming the portal frame. Vertical: M = Ru/2 * 2/3 h Ru of loaded case Horizontal: M = Ru/2 * l Ru of loaded case ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 99. Main Truss Design members 2009 22/46 Lin & lout for all members are from ECP 58&59 except for vertical or diagonal forming portal frame. We use GA & GB For vertical: GA = xg xg v v l I l I / / GB = beam beam v v l I l I / / For diagonal: GA = 10 (hinged base) GB = beam beam dl dl l I l I / / Very important note; b is constant for whole of the truss. So before design we must check if any section is given in the exam, we must take "b" from it Solved Example 1: Deck bridge as shown, h of truss = 4m, St.44, single track U4 U 3 U 1 V 1 d 1 V 2 d 2 V3 d 3 V 4 d4 V5 L 1 L 2 L 3 R=241t 5.0m 40.0m L 4 2 U The forces in the shown members are given in the following table: Member Maximum Minimum Member Maximum Minimum V2 -96 -15 D1 +352 +78 U3 -515 -113 D2 -260 -46 L2 +418 +90 D3 +181 -2 L4 +553 +119 D4 -110 0 It is required to design U3, U4, L4, V1 and D3 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 100. Main Truss Design members 2009 23/46 Solution: Design (U 3 &, U4 ): They have the same force h = 15 12 500 → = 41.7 ≈ → 3 . 33 40 cm For deck bridge b ≈(0.75→1)* 40 = 30 →40 cm ≈36 cm Assume f = 1.2 à 1.5 for st. 44 A = 2 . 1 515 = 429.2 cm2 Taking b/ ≈36 + 2*(10 à 20) = 56 à76 ≈60 cm So A = 429.2 = (2 * 40 + 60) * t t = 3.07 cm ≈3.2 cm • Check local buckling Taking weld size ≈1 cm 8 . 2 64 6 . 10 2 . 3 1 * 2 36 ≤ = − = t b = 38.2 8 . 2 21 4 . 2 2 . 3 1 2 . 3 12 ≤ = − − = t c = 12.5 8 . 2 30 2 . 12 2 . 3 1 40 ≤ = − = t h = 17.9 • Check global buckling ) 2 . 3 * 60 ( ) 2 * 2 . 3 * 40 ( ) 6 . 41 * 2 . 3 * 60 ( ) 2 * 20 * 2 . 3 * 40 ( + + = y = 29.3 cm ] 2 * 12 40 * 2 . 3 [ 3 = x I + [3.2*40*(29.3-20)2 *2] + [3.2*60*(29.3-41.6)2 ] = 85322 cm4 ] 12 60 * 2 . 3 [ 3 = y I + [2*3.2*40*(18+1.6)2 ] = 155945 cm4 A = (3.2 * 2 * 40) + (60 * 3.2) = 448 cm2 3.2 cm y 3.2 40 36 X X Y 29.3 cm 12 60 Y ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 101. Main Truss Design members 2009 24/46 488 85322 = x r = 13.8 cm & 488 155945 = y r = 18.7 cm Deck bridge (upper) in l = 0.85 l & out l = 0.85 l 90 8 . 30 8 . 13 500 * 85 . 0 ≤ = = in λ 90 7 . 22 7 . 18 500 * 85 . 0 ≤ = = out λ • Check stress 16 . 1 448 515 = = ca f t / cm2 ≤ F C = 1.6 – 8.5*10-5 * 30.82 = 1.52 t / cm2 Safe but waste Try smaller thickness 2.6 cm Design (L 4 ) Lower tension h = 40 cm & b = 36 cm 36 * ) 3 2 2 1 ( / → = b = 18 à 24 cm ≈ 20 cm Chord, L<10m n=over 2,000,000 Detail B Fsr = 1.12 t / cm2 553 119 1 12 . 1 max − = F = 1.43 t / cm2 < 1.6 t / cm2 1.43 = A 553 get A = 386.7 cm2 = (2*20 + 2*40) * t Get t = 3.22 cm ≈ 3.4 cm • Check global buckling ) 4 . 3 * 40 * 2 ( ) 4 . 3 * 20 * 2 ( ) 4 . 23 * 4 . 3 * 40 * 2 ( ) 7 . 1 * 20 * 4 . 3 * 2 ( + + = y = 16.2 cm A = 408 cm2 ] 2 * 12 40 * 4 . 3 [ 3 = x I + [3.4*40*2*(16.2-1.7)2 ] + [3.4*20*2(16.2- 23.4)2 ] = 100505 cm4 36 40 t 3.4 Y Y X X 20 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 102. Main Truss Design members 2009 25/46 ] 2 * 12 20 * 4 . 3 [ 3 = y I + [3.4*20*2*( 2 4 . 3 2 36 + ) 2 ] + [3.4*40*2(18+1.7)2 ] = 162874 cm4 408 100505 = x r = 15.7 cm & 408 162874 = y r = 20 cm Take in l = 0.85 l & out l (from lower bracing) Assume the lower bracing is as shown below: Plan of suggested lower bracing L 3 4 and L 160 1 . 27 7 . 15 500 * 85 . 0 ≤ = = in λ 160 5 . 42 20 500 * 85 . 0 * 2 ≤ = = out λ • Check stress 6 . 1 36 . 1 408 553 . max ≤ =   →  t / cm2 12 . 1 06 . 1 408 119 553 . ≤ = −    →  fatique t /cm2 30 52 . 11 4 . 3 40 500 ≤ = +     →  Deflection Design (V 1): Web member comp: Assume f = 1.1 à 1.4 = 1.1 t / cm2 = A 241 A = 219 cm2 b = 36 cm 8 . 2 64 36 ≤ w t = 38.2 t w = 0.94 ≈1.0 cm A = 219 = (36 * 1) + (2 fl b fl t ) fl b fl t = 91.5 cm2 28 1.0 3.2 36 29.6 Y Y X X ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 103. Main Truss Design members 2009 26/46 Take fl b ≈ 10 fl t à fl t = 3.02 ≈ 3.2 cm fl b = 2 . 3 5 . 91 ≈ 28 cm 1. Check local buckling Taking size of weld s ≈ 1.0 cm 8 . 2 21 9 . 3 2 . 3 1 2 / 1 2 / 28 ≤ = − − = fl t c = 12.5 8 . 2 64 6 . 27 0 . 1 1 * 2 2 . 3 * 2 36 ≤ = − − = w t b = 38 2. Check global buckling 12 6 . 29 * 1 3 = x I + 2*3.2*28*(18-1.6)2 = 50359 cm4 12 28 * 2 . 3 * 2 3 = y I = 11708 cm4 A = (1*29.6) + (2*28*3.2) = 209 cm2 209 50359 = x r = 15.5 cm & 209 11708 = y r = 7.5 cm In deck bridge in l = 0.70 l & out l = 0.85 l 90 37 ) 5 . 7 ( 400 * 70 . 0 ≤ = = y in r λ 90 22 ) 5 . 15 ( 400 * 85 . 0 ≤ = = x out r λ 3. Check stress 15 . 1 209 241 = = ca f t / cm2 ≤ F c = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5 * 372 = 1.48 t / cm2 Design (D 3): Web member tension Fmax= +181t Fmin= -2t Web member (diagonal), do not carry floor reaction only (class II) Single track n=500,000 Detail B Fsr = 2 t / cm2 Note that: If double tracks, so n=200,000 Fsr = 2.8 t / cm2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 104. Main Truss Design members 2009 27/46 181 2 1 0 . 2 max − − = F = 1.98 > 1.6 t / cm2 So 1.6 = A 181 ∴ A = 113 cm2 , b = 36 cm 8 . 2 64 36 ≤ w t = 38.2 t w = 0.94 ≈ 1.0 cm We used local buckling because this member will be subjected to compression. A = 113 = (36 * 1) + (2 fl b fl t ) ∴ fl b fl t = 38.5 cm2 Taking fl b ≈ 10 fl t à fl t = 1.96 = 2.0 cm & fl b = 2 5 . 38 ≈ 20 cm 1 - Check global buckling 12 32 * 1 3 = x I + 2*20*2*(18-1)2 = 25851 cm4 12 20 * 2 * 2 3 = y I = 2667 cm4 & A = 1 * 32 + 2 * 20 * 2 = 112 cm2 112 25851 = x r = 15.2 cm & 112 2667 = y r = 4.9 cm in l = 0.70 l & out l = 0.85 l (deck) & 2 2 5 4 + = l = 6.4 m 160 91 ) 9 . 4 ( 640 * 70 . 0 ≤ = = = y in r λ 160 36 ) 2 . 15 ( 640 * 85 . 0 ≤ = = = x out r λ 2 - Check stress 6 . 1 61 . 1 112 181 . max ≈ =   →  t / cm2 20 1.0 2.0 36 32 Y Y X X ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 105. Main Truss Design members 2009 28/46 0 . 2 65 . 1 112 ) 2 ( 181 . ≤ = − −    →  fatique t / cm2 30 32 20 640 . > =     →  Deflection Use bfl = 22cm and recheck • Since the minimum force in the member is compression, so we must check this member on "2t" Local buckling: Taking size of weld s ≈ 1.0 cm 8 . 2 21 3 . 4 2 1 2 / 1 2 / 20 ≤ = − − = fl t c =12.5 8 . 2 64 30 0 . 1 1 * 2 2 * 2 36 ≤ = − − = w t b = 38 • Global buckling 90 91 ≈ = in λ & 90 36 ≤ = out λ O.K. 02 . 0 112 2 = = ca f t / cm2 ≤ 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5 * 912 = 0.9 O.K. Solved Example 2: Pony bridge as shown, h of truss = 5.5m, St.44, single track 5.5 m 10*5.5=55 m 3.9 m J1 -945t -985t + 1 4 4 t - 7 6 t -220t -198t Joint1 5.5 m 5.5 m It is required to design the upper chord and vertical member at joint J1 Take b = 420 mm δ = 0.12 cm / t ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 106. Main Truss Design members 2009 29/46 Solution: (1) Upper chord: F = 985 t (comp.) Assume F C = 1.3 t / cm2 3 . 1 985 = g A = 757.7 cm2 Choose 45 15 12 550 ≈ → = h cm Take b u = 42 + 20 = 62 cm 757.7 = (2 * 45 + 62) t t = 4.98 cm ≈ 5.0 cm Check local buckling: 8 . 2 64 8 5 1 * 2 42 ≤ = = − t b = 38 O.K. 8 . 2 21 8 . 0 5 1 5 ) 2 42 62 ( ≤ = − − − = 22.5 O.K. 8 . 2 30 8 . 8 5 1 45 ≤ = − = t h = 17.9 O.K. ) 5 * 62 ( ) 2 * 5 * 45 ( ) 5 . 47 * 5 * 62 ( ) 2 * 5 . 22 * 5 * 45 ( + + = y = 32.7 cm A = 62 * 5 + 45 * 2 * 5 = 760 cm2 12 45 * 5 [ 3 = x I +5*45*(32.7-22.5)2 ]*2 + [62*5*(47.5-32.7)2 ] = 191304 cm4 ] 12 62 * 5 [ 2 * ] ) 2 5 2 42 ( * 5 * 45 [ 3 2 + + = y I = 348753 cm4 760 191304 = x r = 15.87cm & 760 348753 = y r = 21.42 cm bx bin l l = = 0.85 * 550 = 467.5 cm 4 12 . 0 * 550 * 348753 * 2100 5 . 2 = = by bout l l = 1172.2 cm 5 45 42 Y 32.7 62 5 5 X X y ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 107. Main Truss Design members 2009 30/46 87 . 15 5 . 467 = x λ = 29.47 42 . 21 2 . 1172 = y λ = 54.72 < 90 t > 4cm F c = 1.5-7.5*10-5 54.722 = 1.275 t / cm2 760 985 = c f = 1.296 t / cm2 > 1.275 t / cm2 Unsafe Increase dimensions and recheck (2)Vertical member: Since this is Pony Bridge, so the vertical is subjected to bending moment The maximum force of vertical can be calculated from diagonal. .) ( 102 ) 45 sin 144 ( sin max max comp F F d − = − = − = α .) ( 54 ) 45 sin 76 ( sin min min tens F F d + = − − = − = α For (S.T.), class (II) (do not carry X.G. only) n = 500.000 Fsr = 2.0 t / cm2 M add = 100 1 F max (max. comp. force in upper chord) * h/ (HM.G – HX.G/2) h = 5.5 – 0.7/2 = 5.15m M add (max) = 100 1 * 985 * 5.15 + 0.1*5.5*0.5* 2 15 . 5 2 = 53.6 m t M add (min) = 100 1 * 220 * 5.15 = 11.33 m t Since the member is subjected to both tension and compression, so we have to check the vertical twice. ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 108. Main Truss Design members 2009 31/46 • Design as M + N: 8 . 2 64 42 = w t à t w = 1.1 cm t w = 1.2 cm Force in flange = 42 5360 2 102 + = 178 cm2 Assume f = 1.2 t / cm2 f f t b ∴ = 2 . 1 178 = 157 cm2 Assume b = 10 t 10 t2 = 157 t = 4 cm & b = 40 cm I y (inside) = 2 * 4 * 12 403 = 42667 cm4 I X (outside) = 1.2 * 12 343 + 2 * 40 * 4 * 2 ) 2 34 2 4 ( + = 119450 cm4 A = 2 * 40 * 4 + 34 * 1.2 = 360.8 cm2 8 . 360 42667 = in r = 10.9cm & 8 . 360 119450 = y r = 18.2 cm • Check local buckling: 8 . 2 64 7 . 26 2 . 1 2 34 < = − = w w t h = 38 8 . 2 21 6 . 4 4 1 2 / 2 . 1 2 / 40 < = − − = f t C = 12.5 • Check global buckling: 90 35 9 . 10 550 * 7 . 0 < = = in λ 90 3 . 36 2 . 18 550 * 2 . 1 < = = out λ • Check stresses: F C = 1.6 – 8.5 * 10-5 * (36.3)2 = 1.49 t / cm2 8 . 360 102 = ca f = 0.28 t / cm2 < 1.49 t / cm2 42 Y Y X X 4.0 40 34*1.2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 109. Main Truss Design members 2009 32/46 • Check as beam-column 2 3 . 36 7500 = EX F = 5.69 t / cm2 49 . 1 28 . 0 = C ca F f = 0.19 > 0.15 69 . 5 28 . 0 1 85 . 0 A 1 − = ∴ = 0.89 take A 1 = 1 L U act = L in = 0.7 * 550 = 385 cm α = zero c b = 1.75 8 . 2 40 * 20 max u = L = 478 cm or 75 . 1 * 8 . 2 * 42 4 * 40 * 1380 = 3286 cm > 385 bcx F ∴ = 0.58 F y = 1.6 t / cm2 1 * 6 . 1 2 42 * 119450 5360 49 . 1 28 . 0 + = 0.78 < 1.2 Waste Decrease b, try flange 30 * 3 cm (Better to assume f = 1.5 t / cm2 from the estimation) • Check for case of M + T λ < 160 8 . 360 54 = t f = 0.15 t / cm2 < 1.6 t / cm2 (case A) 2 42 * 119450 5360 = btx f = 0.94 t / cm2 6 . 1 94 . 0 6 . 1 15 . 0 + = 0.68 < 1.2 (case B) Check deflection: fl b l = 40 550 = 13.75 < 30 Check fatigue: Mfatigue= 15 . 5 * 985 * 100 1 = 50.7 mt (without wind) F max = 8 . 360 54 + 2 42 * 119450 5070 = 0.15+ 0.89 = 1.04 t / cm2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 110. Main Truss Design members 2009 33/46 2 42 * 119450 1139 8 . 360 102 min + − = F = - 0.08 t / cm2 F max – Fmin = 1.04 – (- 0.08) = 1.12 t / cm2 < 2 t / cm2 Web member single track, n = 500000, detail "B" Solved Example 3: Through bridge single track, with span 78 m. Spacing between X.G. is 6 m & of depth 0.8 m. Steel used is st 52. Width of bridge is 5.5 m. It is required to design the marked members. 7.5 Inclined portal frame 6m 78m M M 4 M M2 1 3 Solution: D.L.: W S = 0.9 * (0.75 + 0.05 * 78) = 4.185 t / m/ 2 6 . 0 2 185 . 4 + = DL W = 2.39 t / m/ For Member M 1: 6 5 . 7 tan 1 − = α = 510 10 0.35 0.55 0.67 1.16 1.19 0.72 1.03 0.92 12.5 6.25 6.25 12.5 12.5 10 6.25 10 10 10 10 6.25 12.5 12.5 12.5 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 0.15 10 10 10 0.03 10 10 0.84 M C min max T M ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 111. Main Truss Design members 2009 34/46 1- Dead load: F D = 2 1 * 78 * 1.19 * 2.39 = 111 t 2- Live load: F L = 6.25 * 2 * 0.67 + 12.5 * 3 * 1.16 + 40 * 1.03 + 6.25 * 2 * 0.92 + 3 * 12.5 * 0.84 + 40 * 0.72 + 40 * (0.55 + 0.35 + 0.13) + 10 * 0.03 = 205.2 t 78 24 24 + = I = 0.23 take I = 0.25 F L+I = 205.2 * 1.25 = 256.5 t From Wind: The diagonal is subjected to moment as a member in the inclined open portal frame. W upper (loaded) = 0.1 [0.4 * 2 5 . 7 + 0.4 * 2.45] = 0.25 t / m/ R U (loaded) = 0.25 * 2 78 = 9.75 t Note that: Loaded case is critical when design the diagonal while un- loaded case is critical when design upper bracing & the horizontal beam. 2 2 6 5 . 7 + = l = 9.6 m M = 2 75 . 9 * 9.6 = 46.8 m t (case B) Design of Member M 1: For the whole truss; assume b = 12 600 = 50 cm F D = 111 t & F L+I = 256.5 t & Ftot = 367.5 t (compression) M wind = 46.8 m t & l inclined = 9.6 m 7.5 1.8m For Upper bracing 0.1 0.1 2.45 3.75 0.8 CL of upper beam Vl of truss 9.6 9.75 M 4.875 4.875 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 112. Main Truss Design members 2009 35/46 The diagonal will be in the shape of π - section (same shape of the section of upper chord) Assume f = 1.0 t / cm2 (We do not assume f = 1.8 t / cm2 because the member is subjected to moment with normal force) 0 . 1 5 . 256 111+ = A = 367.5 cm2 b / = 50 + 20 = 70 cm Assume h = b = 50 cm (2 * 50 + 70) t = 367.5 t = 2.2 cm Check local buckling = 6 . 3 30 7 . 22 2 . 2 50 > = = 15.8 We can either increase thickness t 50 =15.8 t = 3.2 cm Or use stiffness as shown and take t = 2.2 cm Check local buckling: 6 . 3 21 54 . 4 2 . 2 10 < = = t c = 11.1 6 . 3 30 54 . 4 2 . 2 10 / < = = t c = 15.8 6 . 3 64 7 . 22 2 . 2 50 < = = t b = 33.73 6 . 3 64 2 . 18 2 . 2 40 / < = = t h = 33.73 Check global buckling: A = (70 + 2 * 50 + 2 * 10) * 2.2 = 418 cm2 418 )] 40 2 . 2 ( * 10 * 2 ) 25 2 . 2 ( * 50 * 2 2 2 . 2 * 0 [7 .2 2 + + + + = y v = 19.16 cm 40 50 70 50 10 t=22mm t=22mm b b h h c c ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 113. Main Truss Design members 2009 36/46         − + + − + = = 2 3 2 3 in ) 16 . 19 2 . 27 ( * 50 * 2 . 2 12 50 * 2 . 2 2 ) 2 2 . 2 16 . 19 ( * 2 . 2 * 70 12 2 . 2 * 70 I Ix + 2         − + 2 3 ) 16 . 19 2 . 42 ( * 2 . 2 * 10 12 2 . 2 * 10 = 133720cm4         + + + + = = 12 10 * 2 . 2 ) 2 2 . 2 25 ( * 2 . 2 * 50 12 2 . 2 * 50 2 12 70 * 2 . 2 3 2 3 3 out y I I + 2 [ ] 2 ) 5 2 . 2 25 ( * 10 * 2 . 2 + + = 258826 cm4 r x = 418 133720 = 17.9 cm r y = 418 258826 = 24.9 cm in l = 0.7 * 9.6 = 6.72 m out l = Since the diagonal is a member in the portal frame, so out l will be calculated using GA and GB. So we have to know section of horizontal beam. - To estimate the beam of the upper bracing, the critical case is the un-loaded case because this beam carries wind only. W upper (unloaded) = 0.2 * 0.4 * 2 5 . 7 * 2 = 0.6 t / m/ R U = 0.6 * 2 78 = 23.4 t M un-loaded = 2 4 . 23 * 9.6 = 112.32 m t CL of upper beam Vl of truss 9.6 23.4 M 11.7 11.7 7.5m 1.8m 0.8 For Upper bracing 3.75 0.2 0.2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 114. Main Truss Design members 2009 37/46 Assume f = 2.1 t / cm2 1 . 2 11232 = ∴ X S = 5350 cm3 Choose H E B 600 or B.U.S Note 2 550 L act U = = 275 cm Or assume upper horizontal beam is HEB 600 (Always if open frame) GA = 10 (hinged base) GB = 87 . 0 5 . 5 / 171000 6 . 9 / 258826 = K = 1.8 Note: we used I y because it is I out 90 5 . 37 9 . 17 672 < = = in λ 90 3 . 71 9 . 24 960 * 85 . 1 < = = out λ (1) Check stresses: F C = 2.1 – 13.5 * 10-5 * (71.3)2 = 1.41 t / cm2 418 5 . 367 = ca f = 0.88 t / cm2 < 1.41 t / cm2 O.K. Safe • For effect of moment due to wind: (case B) I out = 258826 cm4 rout = 24.9 cm out λ = 79.3 For Π - Section There is no LTB bcx F ∴ = 0.58Fy = 2.1 t / cm2 41 . 1 88 . 0 = C ca F f = 0.62 > 0.15 & 2 y E 3 . 71 7500 ) ( = out F = 1.47 t / cm2 47 . 1 88 . 0 1 85 . 0 A 1 − = ∴ = 2.12 (too large because fca is too large) fbcx = 63 . 0 35 * 258826 4680 = t / cm2 Using interaction equation: 1 . 2 * 1 . 2 63 . 0 62 . 0 + 2 = 1.26 > 1.2 (case B) Use t = 2.4cm If we want to check for the unloaded case: (NOT CRITICAL) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 115. Main Truss Design members 2009 38/46 418 111 = ca f = 0.27 t / cm2 41 . 1 27 . 0 = C ca F f = 0.19 > 0.15 2 y E 3 . 71 7500 ) ( = out F = 1.47 t / cm2 41 . 1 27 . 0 1 85 . 0 A 1 − = ∴ = 1.05 M un-loaded = 112.32 mt fbcx = 52 . 1 35 * 258826 11232 = t / cm2 Using interaction equation: 05 . 1 * 1 . 2 52 . 1 19 . 0 + = 0.95 < 1.2 (case B) (Not critical) • Design of Member M 2: The member is subjected to tension only F D = 2 1 * 12 * 1.0 * 2.39 = 14.34 t F L = 12.5 (1 + 2 * 0.67) + 10 * 0.17 + 6.25 (0.375 + 0.083) = 33.8 t (tension) 12 24 24 + = I = 0.67 F L+I = 33.9 *1.67 = 56.6 t Ftotal = 14.34 + 56.6 = 70.95 t b = 50 cm (as in diagonal) Truss vertical carry floor beam reaction only (class III) Single track n = Over 2*106 detail B F sr = 1.12 t / cm2 95 . 70 34 . 14 1 12 . 1 max − = F = 1.4 t / cm2 > 2.1 t / cm2 (0.58 F y) 4 . 1 95 . 70 = ∴ A = 50.7 cm2 Take t w = 1 cm 50 Y Y X X 20 1.0 48*1.0 0.17 0.083 0.67 0.67 1.00 0.375 6.25 12.5 12.5 6.25 12.5 10 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 116. Main Truss Design members 2009 39/46 f f t b 2 ∴ = 50.7 – 50 * 1≈ zero b min = 6 ϕ + t w + 2 S For M27 and size of weld 1cm, bmin = 20cm So take minimum f b = 20 cm & f t = 1 cm in I = 2 * 1* 12 203 = 1333.3 cm4 12 483 = out I *1 + 2 * 20 * ( 2 ) 2 48 2 1 + = 33226 cm4 A = 20 * 1 * 2 + 48 * 1 = 88 cm2 88 3 . 1333 = in r = 3.9 cm & 88 33226 = out r = 19.43 cm l = 7.5 m in l = 0.7 * 7.5 = 5.25 m out l = 0.85 * 7.5 = 6.375 m (Supported on upper bracing) 160 135 9 . 3 525 < = = in λ & 160 33 43 . 19 5 . 637 < = = out λ Check stresses: 88 95 . 70 = t f = 0.81 t/cm2 < 2.1 t /cm2 64 . 0 88 34 . 14 95 . 70 = − = sr f t /cm2 < 1.12 t /cm2 For verticals: no check deflection • Design of member M3: For x = zero F = tan-1 = 7.5/6 = 51.30 Fmin= 111*cos51.3=69.3t (Tension) FL+I= 256.5*cos51.3=160t (Tension) FL+I+D = 69.3+160=229.3 t Stiffener c X X y y 10cm 50 25 50 12 1.2 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 117. Main Truss Design members 2009 40/46 We may use stiffener or not in l = 0.85 * 6 = 510 m & out l = 0.85* 6 = 510 m Complete as before • Design of member M4: (zero members) (1) 6 . 3 64 50 = w t t w = 1.5 cm Take t w = t f = 1.5 cm b min = 6 ϕ + t w + 2 S Assume M 27 b min = 6 * 2.7 + 1.5+ 2 * 1 = 19.7 cm, take 20 cm 6 . 3 21 5 . 5 5 . 1 1 2 / 5 . 1 2 / 20 < = − − = f t c = 11.1 Check global buckling in l = 0.7 * 7.5 = 5.25 m lout is according to the shape of the upper bracing Assume out l = 0.85 * 7.5 = 6.375 m in I = 2 * 1.5 * 12 203 = 2000 cm4 12 47 * 5 . 1 3 = out I + 2 * 20 * 1.5 ( 2 ) 2 47 2 5 . 1 + = 48262 cm4 A = 20 * 1.5 * 2 + 47 * 1.5 = 130.5 cm2 5 . 130 2000 = in r = 3.9 cm 5 . 130 48262 = out r = 19.2 cm 20 50 Y Y X X 1.5 47*1.5 S S Lout S S out L out L out L = 0.85*7.5 = 0.85*7.5 = 0.85*7.5 = 1.2*7.5 ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)
  • 118. Main Truss Design members 2009 41/46 90 135 9 . 3 525 > = = in λ So increase dimensions of flanges (main item in Iin) Assume flange 300*20 mm in I = 2 * 2 * 12 303 = 9000 cm4 A = 30 * 2 * 2 + 46 * 1.5 = 189 cm2 189 9000 = in r = 6.9 cm 90 76 9 . 6 525 < = = in λ Solved Example 4: Through bridge single track, with span 78 m. Spacing between X.G. is 6 m. The XG composed of web plate 800*14 and 2 flange plates 300*30. Steel used is st 52. Width of bridge is 5.5 m. It is required to design the marked members. 7.5 6m 78m M1 M2 M 4 M3 Solution: • For Member M1 It is subjected to compression only. Design of Member M 1: For the whole truss; Take b = 12 600 = 50 cm (given for U1) From previous example: F D = 111 t & F L+I = 256.5 t & Ftot = 367.5 t (compression) The diagonal will be in the shape of π - section (same section of upper chord) ENG_KHALED(BHIT) ENG_KHALED(BHIT)